tajweed the importance of · pdf filequran memorizing ... to a masjid where the tajweed...
TRANSCRIPT
Quran memorizing httpwwwal-islamorggalleryavaspage=Allamptype=Quranamplang=All
Tajweed httpwwwas-sahwahcomviewarticlephparticleID=934
The Importance of Tajweed Fatima Barkatulla Article ID 934 | 607 Reads
Listening to the Qurrsquoan being recited correctly is enough to soften even the hardest
of hearts and Muslims and non-Muslims alike find it a deeply moving experience even
if they do not understand what is being said We feel this even more in Ramadaan
when we are in the Taraweeh prayers and we can really feel the difference if we go
to a Masjid where the Tajweed rules of Qurrsquoan recitation are not being observed as
they should Every single Muslim has to recite Qurrsquoan in Salah but many of us do not
realise that reciting the Qurrsquoan correctly observing the rules of recitation is not an
advanced science for expert reciters alone rather it is an obligation upon each and every one of us whenever we recite the Qurrsquoan
What is Tajweed
The word Tajweed linguistically means lsquoproficiencyrsquo or lsquodoing something wellrsquo It
comes from the same root letters as the word lsquoJayyidrsquo in Arabic (meaning lsquogoodrsquo)
Jeem Waw and Daal When applied to the Qurrsquoan it means giving every letter of the
Qurrsquoan its rights and dues of characteristics when we recite the Qurrsquoan and observing
the rules that apply to those letters in different situations We give the letters their
rights by observing the essential characteristics of each letter that never leave it
And we give them their dues by observing the characteristics of each letter that are present in them some of the time and not present at other times
The Qurrsquoan was revealed with Tajweed rules applied to it In other words when the
angel Jibreel (alaihis salaam) recited the words of Allah to the Prophet Muhammad
(sallallaahu lsquoalaihi wa sallam) he recited them in a certain way and he showed the
Prophet (sallallaahu lsquoalaihi wa sallam) the ways in which it was permissable to recite
the Qurrsquoan So it is upon us to observe those rules so that we recite it in the way it was revealed
At the time of the Prophet (sallallaahu lsquoalaihi wa sallam) there was no need for
people to study Tajweed because they talked with what is now known as Tajweed so
it was natural for them When the Arabs started mixing with the non-Arabs as Islam
spread mistakes in Qurrsquoan recitation started appearing so the scholars had to
record the rules Now because the everyday Arabic that Arabs speak has changed so
much from the Classical Arabic with which the Qurrsquoan was revealed even Arabs have to study Tajweed
The purpose of Tajweed
The Qurrsquoan is the word of Allah and its every syllable is from Allah Its recitation
must be taken very seriously The purpose of the Science of Tajweed in essence is to
make the reciter proficient in reciting the Qurrsquoan observing the correct pronunciation
of every letter with the rulings and characteristics which apply to each letter without
any exaggeration or deficiency And so through this the reciter can recite the Qurrsquoan
upon the way of the Prophet (sallallaahu alaihi wa sallam) who received it from
Jibreel who received it from Allah (subhanahu wa tarsquoaala) in the Classical Arabic
dialect that it came down in
2
Arabic letters each have a Makhraj ndash an exit or articulation point - in the mouth or
throat from which they originate and they also each have Sifaat ndash attributes or
characteristics - particular to them Knowing the Makhraj and Sifaat of each letter is
an important part of Tajweed Sometimes two letters have very similar exits which
makes mixing them up easy So if a person does not know the attributes of each
letter there is a danger that he will change the meaning of the words in Qurrsquoan
recitation Observing the rules of Tajweed in reciting protects the reciter from making mistakes in reciting the Qurrsquoan
The ruling of reading with Tajweed
Muhammad bin Al-Jazaree the great Qurrsquoan and Hadeeth scholar of the 9th Century (Hijri) says in his famous poem[1] detailing the rules of Tajweed
ldquoAnd applying Tajweed is an issue of absolute necessity Whoever doesn‟t apply Tajweed to the Qur‟an then a sinner is herdquo
So he regarded it as an obligation and he regarded leaving it as a sin And the
majority of scholars agree that applying the Tajweed rules of Qurrsquoan are an individual
obligation (Fard lsquoAyn) upon every Muslim who has memorised part of or all of the
Qurrsquoan That is because the Qurrsquoan was revealed with the Tajweed rules applied to it
and the Prophet (sallallaahu alaihi wa sallam) recited it back to Jibreel in that way
and the Companions of the Prophet (sallallaahu alaihi wa sallam) read it in that way so it is an established Sunnah
And of the proofs that the scholars bring to show the obligation of Tajweed is that Allah says in the Qurrsquoan the meaning of which is
bdquoAnd recite the Qur‟an (aloud) in a (slow and melodious) style (tarteela)‟ (Surah Muzzammil aayah 4)
Ali ibn Abi Talib (radi Allahu lsquoanhu) said in the explanation of this aayah ldquoat-Tarteel
is Tajweed of the letters and knowing where to stop (correctly)rdquo[2]
And of the proofs also is that Allah says in the Qurrsquoan the meaning of which is
bdquoThose who We have given the Book to give it its right in recitation ( recite it as it
should be recited)‟ (Surah al-Baqarah aayah 121)
And of the rights of reciting correctly is reciting it the way it was revealed
There are various ahadeeth also showing us the importance of Tajweed Umm
Salamah was asked about the recitation of the Prophet (sallallaahu alaihi wa sallam) and she described it as a recitation bdquoclearly-distinguished letter by letter‟[3]
Sarsquoeed bin Mansoor relates in his Sunan[4] that a man was reciting the Qurrsquoan to
Abdullah bin Masrsquoood and he recited ldquoInnamas sadaqaatu lil fuqara-i wal
masaakeenrdquo so Ibn masrsquoood said ldquoThis was not how the Messenger of Allah (sallallaahu alaihi wa sallam) recited it to merdquo So the man asked
ldquoHow did he read it to you oh Aba Abdir-Rahmanrdquo So he said
3
ldquoLil Fuqaraaaa-i wal masaakeenrdquo he elongated the word Fuqaraa and the knowledge of the different lengths of elongation (mudood) is also from the rules of Tajweed
The scholars have divided the types of mistakes one might fall into when reciting the Qurrsquoan into two types
1Clear mistakes and 2Unobvious (hidden) mistakes
The Clear mistakes must be avoided by all and to avoid them one must know the
rules of Tajweed If a person falls into the Clear Mistakes this is considered a sin and
Ibn Taymiyyah even regarded it undesirable for a Student of Knowledge (ie
someone who knows Tajweed) to pray behind a person who makes Clear Mistakes in
their Salaah[5] As for the Unobvious mistakes then the ruling on them is lighter
and the recitation of a person falling into this type of mistake is regarded as lacking in completeness and prayer behind such a person is sound
The table below shows what type of mistakes fall under each category As you can see almost all areas of Tajweed are required to be applied by all Muslims
Clear mistakes
Mistakes in words which are clear and
inconspicuous whether they change the
meaning or not Mistakes related to
correct pronunciation Scholars and the ordinary Muslims should avoid these
Examples of Clear mistakes
bull Changing one letter into another or a
short vowel (harakah) into another
(changing Fathah into Damma or the letter Qaaf into Kaaf etc)
bull Not observing the elongations (Mudood) at all Reciting them quickly
bull Not observing the rules with which to
pronounce letters when they are next to
each other (like not merging certain
letters that should be merged and not
clearly pronouncing those which should be
clearly pronounced etc)
bullMaking light letters sound heavy and heavy letters sound light
bull Stopping or starting at an incorrect
place so that the meaning is spoilt
Unobvious mistakes
Mistakes which are associated with
perfecting the pronunciation
Known only by those who are
experts in this field or study it in
depth Ordinary Muslims may not know these
Examples of Unobvious mistakes
bull Not being totally exact with the
elongation of letters (Making the
Madd shorter or longer by a frac12 or even frac14 degree etc)
bull Not observing the attributes of
each letter perfectly (Slightly
rolling the Raarsquo or exaggerating
the lsquoNrsquo sound in Noon etc)
4
Reciting the Qur‟an melodiously
The Prophet (sallallaahu alaihi wa sallam) used to recite the Qurrsquoan in slow
measured rhythmic tones as Allah had instructed him not hurriedly but rather ldquohe
would recite a surah in such slow rhythmic tones that it would be longer than it
would seem possiblerdquo[6] He would stop at the end of each aayah[7] He
commanded people to recite in a beautiful voice in a pleasant melodious tone He
said ldquoBeautify the Qur‟an with your voices [for a fine voice increases the
Qur‟an in beauty]rdquo[8] and he said ldquoHe who does not recite the Qur‟an in a pleasant tone is not of usrdquo[9]
Unfortunately all to often we find people reciting the Qurrsquoan quickly and without
changing their tone and without any feeling We should put all our efforts into
reciting the Qurrsquoan with as much feeling as we can Have you ever prayed behind an
Imam who read with feeling Well the Prophet (sallallaahu alaihi wa sallam) said
ldquoTruly the one who has one of the finest voices among the people for
reciting the Qur‟an is the one whom you think fears Allah when you hear
him reciterdquo[10] And once when the Prophet (sallallaahu alaihi wa sallam)
complimented Abu Moosaa al-Ashrsquoari on the beauty of his recitation Abu Moosaa
said ldquoHad I known you were there I would have made my voice more pleasant and emotional for yourdquo[11]
Let us remember that the Qurrsquoan is the word of Allah In it we find exhortations
warnings glad-tidings parables stories of the past commands and prohibitions
Aayaat to make us think reflect cry fear hope love fall down in prostration How
can we recite all of this without feeling When we recite an aayah of Qurrsquoan we
should imagine that we are trying to feel and convey the full message behind that
aayah Perhaps some of us donrsquot feel confident I believe that this lack of confidence
comes partly from not knowing the rules of Tajweed correctly and so fearing that we
will make mistakes and partly from not understanding the meaning of what we are
reciting So let us work hard to remove these two obstacles by learning Tajweed and
working towards learning Arabic
Helpful Tips towards learning Tajweed
deg You must find a Qur‟an teacher who has studied Tajweed to listen to your
recitation and correct you Tajweed cannot merely be learnt from books because the
movements of your mouth as well as the sounds are important and only a teacher
can correct you and make sure you are applying the rules correctly Sometimes local
Mosques will run classes Qurrsquoan recitation is a science which was passed down
generation by generation through teachers not just books with a direct line to the
Prophet (sallallaahu alaihi wa sallam)
deg Find a book containing the rules of Tajweed and learn each rule little by little
applying it as you go along with the help of your teacher There are many concise
Arabic books and in English there are some books as well as tapes to help Look for books with some drawings showing you how to pronounce each letter
deg Listen to Qur‟an tapes of reciters who recite very clearly at a medium or slow
speed (like Sheikh Hudhaify or Sheikh Muhammad Hosary) and try and notice them
applying the different rules of Tajweed Repeat after them while trying to apply the
5
rules yoursquove learnt Try to copy their tone and melody as well and see how it changes as the meaning of what theyrsquore reciting changes
deg Tajweed website There is an excellent Tajweed website I came across in English
which details many aspects of Tajweed in a very clear way including a Question and
Answer section httpwwwabouttajweedcom
deg Tajweed Mus-haf You can get a new Mus-haf (copy of the Qurrsquoan) called Mus-
haf at-Tajweed which has the rules of Tajweed incorporated in the text of the Qurrsquoan
in colour coding This is very helpful as it prompts you as you go along There is also
a computer program you can buy with it which highlights Tajweed rules with recitation
deg Tajweed Poem If you know Arabic you could memorise Ibn al-Jazareersquos poem
which contains all the rules of Tajweed You can get the poem on tape sung as a nasheed in Arab countries You might find memorising the rules easy in this way
deg Try and apply the rules you learn to the Surahs you have already memorised
and donrsquot become lazy about reciting correctly You might have to revise the surahs by looking back at them
deg Practice and repetition will make perfect insha Allah As Ibn al-Jazaree says in his poem about acquiring Tajweed
bdquoAnd there is no obstacle between it (learning Tajweed) and leaving it Except that a person must exercise his mouth with it‟
May Allah help us all to give His Book its right when we recite it and make reciting it more beloved to our tongues than anything else Aameen
Much of the factual information for this article has been taken from the book
bdquoQawaa‟id at-Tajweed‟ by Dr bdquoAbdul Azeez Abdul Fattah al-Qaari‟ a teacher
of the Islamic University in Madinah Published by Maktabah Dar in Madinah
and from bdquoThe Prophet‟s (sallallaahu bdquoalaihi wa sallam) prayer described‟ by
Sheikh al-Albaani (rahimahullah)
[1] Ibn Al-Jazareersquos book lsquoAl-Muqaddimah feemaa lsquoala qaarirsquoihi an yursquoallimahursquo [2] An-Nashr of Ibn Al-Jazaree 2091 [3] Tirmidhi [4] Mentioned by Ibn al-Jazaree in lsquoAn-Nashrrsquo from At-Tabaraani in lsquoAl-Kabeerrsquo [5] In Ibn Taymiyyahs fataawa [6] Muslim amp Malik [7] Abu Daawood amp Sahmi (64-65) Haakim declared it Saheeh amp Dhahabi agreed [8] Bukhaari as tarsquoleeq Abu Daawood Darimi Haakim and Tammaam ar-Razi with 2 saheeh isnaads [9] Abu Daawood amp Haakim who declared it saheeh and Dhahabi agreed [10] A Saheeh hadeeth transmitted by Ibn al-Mubaarak in az-Zuhd (1621 from al-Kawaakib 575) Daarimi Ibn Nasr Tabaraani Abu Nursquoaim in Akhbaar Isbahaan and Diyaarsquo in al-Mukhtaarah
[11] Bukhaari amp Muslim
Comment on this article (1 Comments posted)
============
6
-------------------
httpwww-unixoitumassedu~asmdlAudio-lectureshtm
Please download the following software and then install it in your system in order to listen to the lectures You can click her to download Aiwaexezip
Recorded Tajweed Lessons
Lessons are given at Al Quracuteaan Wa Sunnah Islamic Site Of Learning
Join the Internet`s First and No1 Islamic Cyber Community at ALQURAN WA SUNNAH ISLAMIC VOICE CHAT SITE for LEARNING
1 Tajweed9-13)
2 Tajweed9-15)
3 Tajweed9-17)
4 Tajweed9-20) It is repaired and available
5 Tajweed9-22)
6 Tajweed9-24
7 Tajweed9-27
8 Tajweed9-29 AlAraaf(7) 200mdash
9 Tajweed10-01Al-anfaal(8)17-40
10 Tajweed10-05Al-Anfaal(8) 41-56
11 Tajweed10-11Alanfaal(8) 56--
Friday speeches
1 Islam is the religion of Mercy
2 Misconception about the testimony of faith Shahadah
3 Pilgrimage ―Al-Hajj
4 Welcome Ramadan
More recorded lectures for how to recite Quran and your prayers for beginners and also some lessons about Tawheed and science lead to Islam If you are interested Please link to Al-Quran
Wa Sunnah Voice Chat
If you have any question Please contact me at mailtoasmdlfoodsciuassedu Assem Abolmaaty Sayedahmed
September 16 2004
--------------
7
httpwww-unixoitumassedu~asmdlTajweedhtm httpabcsofarabictripodcomindividuallettershtm
Contents
Audio lectures Including Khutbah and Tajweed lessons
How to pronounce the Arabic letters The importance of Recitation Rules
Reading bismillah and Aoozobellah
Vibration Rules (Qalqalah) Types of stops
Noon and meem Mushadadah (doubled) Non Vowel Meem Meem Sakina Rules
Non Vowel noon Noon Sakina Rules
1 Clear manifestation Ithhaar Rules 2 Merging assimilation Idghaam Rules
3 Concealment Ikhfaa Rules 4 changing Iqlaab Rules
lengthening Rules Madd Rules
Non vowel Laam
Types of Hamzah
The importance of Recitation Rules
Allah (SWT) says in the Quran And read the Quran in slow measured rhythmic tone Verily
We have revealed an Arabic Quran Those people whom We have given the Book recite it the way it
should be recited They are the ones who believe in it (Quran 2121) It is obvious from above
mentioned verse that it is important to read Quran clearly and is compulsory Farz-i-Ain If only one
verse mentions this order it should be sufficient for that order to be true Reciting the Quran consists of
two parts Tarteel and Tajweed Tarteel means to read the Quran slowly and Tajweed deals with correct
pronunciation Tarteel and Tajweed consist of two parts Tajweed-ul-Huroof - that letter should be read
with correct pronunciation And the other Marifat-ul-Wuquf - that one should know where to break pause
or stop during recitation Without these two things recitation of Quran is not correct therefore it is
important to do these correctly Without completing these two a person is not a correct reader of Quran
and will not be given certificate of Tajweed Similarly many Hadeith prove it to be necessary to read
Quran correctly and the Quran was revealed with correct Tajweed The Prophet Muhammad also
read Quran with correct Tajweed and ordered others to do so He taught Sahaba (RDH - those companions
of prophet that met him in person) with correct Tajweed And since the time of Tabeen and Taba
Tabeen till today all the respected Qurras have read Quran with correct Tajweed and the Quran will be
read similarly until Qiyamat (Doomsday)
8
حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر
Qalqalah [Vibration]
Qalqalah [Vibration] literally means unrest Technically it means the vibration of the non-
vowelled sound letter until a strong trembling sound is heard whether the absence of vowel
(sukoon) is original or exposed (Aarid)
The Qalqalah Letters are five They are grouped together in the phrase
ق ط ب ج د ( قطة جذ )
(Qutb Jad) daal geem baa taa qaaf
It is required that the Qalqalah letters be with original or unoriginal sukoon (absence of a
vowel) as a result of making a pause at a qalqalah letter
The lesser degree The lesser degree of Qalqalah [ sughra] is when it occurs in the middle of a word
Example
100 Al-adiyat
د١ اغ د هللا اغ ـ ث
ؼبص٠بد ا ذبج ض
ع٠بد دبض ل فب
غ١غاد ذبج ص فب
ث ؼبم فأثغ
مؼب ث فأثغؿ ؼب ط ف ج ث
110 ndash An-nasr
فزخ ا إطا جبء صغ هللا عأ٠ذ ابؽ ض ٠ س هللا ف ص٠ اجب أف
9
The moderate degree
The moderate degree of Qalqalah [mutawasita] is when a stop is made on a letter which is not
doubled (without shaddah)
Example
112- Alikhlaas
د١ اغ د هللا اغ ـ ث
هللا ض أد ل
هللا ض اص
٠ض ض ٠
ا وف ٠ى ض أد
113- Al-Falaq
د١ اغ د هللا اغ ـ ث
أػط ثغة ف ل ك ا
ب شغ ك س
شغ غبؿك إطا ل ت
شغ افبثبد ف ؼم ض ا
ـ شغ دبؿض إطا د ض
The greater degree
The greater degree of Qalqalah [kubra] is when a stop is made on a doubled letter of qalqalah
Example the Qaaf in
15 ndash Yonus ( 85)
ب إال ذ ث١ ـبػخ ٢ر ك ثب ا إ ب ١خ األعض اد ب ـ ب سمب ا
فخ فبصفخ اص ١ ج ا
21- Al-Anbiaa (112)
ب رصف ػ زؼب ـ ذ لبي عة ادى ا ك ثب د عثب اغ
111- Al-Masad
ر رجذ ٠ضا أث ت ت
10
تسن هللا حين حمه الر الر
Types of Stops 1 Compulsory 2 Permissible 3 Precautionary
4 Prohibited 5 Moderate Pause
Stop Literally means blocking and suspending
Stop Technically means making a voiceless break at a Quranic word for a brief
moment during which the reader takes a breath with the intention of continuing
reading
1 Compulsory The Compulsory Stop is the stop by which the word and meaning give a complete
sense and this is called complete stop because the utterance is complete and is
separated from what follows It is indicated by (meem)
2 Permissible The Permissible Stop is the one at which stopping or continuing is permissible In this
type you can either continue or make a stop In this case either continuing or making
a stop is preferable
2 a Sufficient
The Sufficient Stop is the one in which continuing or stopping is permissible yet
making a stop is preferable It is called sufficient because it can stand by itself
independently of what follows because it is not connected with it in words Its
symbol is ( ل ) Qili
2 b Equality
The Equality Stop is the one in which continuing and stopping are equally relevant
Its symbol is ( ج ) (geem)
3619
ؼى لبا طبئغوجغر أئ طو
جغف ـ ل أز ث
11
2 c Good
The Good Stop is the one in which continuing and stopping are
permissible and yet continuing is desirable It is called a good stop
because it gives a preferable effect Its sign is ( ص ) (sili)
3618
ثى لبا إب رط١غص رزا غج ئ ى
3 Precautionary The Precautionary Stop (also called the convergence of stops)
It indicates the convergence of two near situations where it is possible to make a stop
In such case a stop is made at one of these two situations only
Al-Baqarah (22)
4 Prohibited
The Prohibited Stop is the stop made at an incomplete utterance which
does not give the required meaning because it is strongly connected with
what follows in terms of words and meaning This kind of stop is
prohibited Its symbol is ( ال ) (Laam - Alif)
12
Al-Marsquoidah (553)
5 Moderate Pause The Moderate pause is the breaking of the voice at a Quranic word for a
brief moment without taking a breath at two counts [nearly two seconds]
Its symbol is (s) ( ؽ ) (seen)
Al-Kahf (18-1)
13
Doubled meem amp Doubled noon
The doubled noon and meem are each doubled noon and each doubled
meem Originally a doubled letter is made of two letters the first is anon-
vowelled and the second is a vowel
Doubled meem( ( م
The doubled meem was originally two meems the first is a non-vowelled and the
second is a vowel The non-vowelled meem was assimilated in the vowel meem
and so the two became one doubled letter (harf mushaddad)
The rule of the doubled meem is pronunciation with compulsory
manifestation ie distinctly holding the ghunnah [nasal twang] for two counts
[nearly two seconds] The doubled meem is called the doubled letter of ghunnah
The non-vowelled meem is the meem void of vowel and it occurs before all the
letters of the alphabet except the three letters of lengthening (huruf al - madd) in
order to prevent the meeting of two non-vowelled letters
110 Al-Qaria
اػ٠ فأ ثمذ ب
اض١خ ف ػ١شخ ع ف
أ اػ٠ سفذ ب
٠خ فأ ب
14
Doubled noon ( ن )
The doubled noon is originally two noons the first is non-vowelled (noon) and
the second is vowelled the non-vowelled (saakinah) was assimilated into the vowelled
noon and both became one doubled letter
The rule of the doubled noon (noon mushaddadah) is pronunciation with
Compulsory manifestation ie distinctly holding the ghunnah [nasal twang] for two
counts [nearly two seconds] The doubled noon is called the doubled letter of ghunnah
(harf ghunnah mushaddad)
1 An-naas 111
د هللا اغ ـ د١ ث اغ
أػط ثغة ا بؽ ل
بؽ ه ا
ا بؽ إ
ش اؽ ا ؿ شغ ا بؽ
ؽ ف صضع ا ؿ بؽ اظ ٠
ج ا ا بؽ خ
2 Al-Alaq [96]
ـ ول إ -4 ١طغال ب
جؼ إ -6 إ عثه اغ
15
The Meem Saakinah Rules ( م )
Oral hiding (baa ب ( Merging (meem م )
Clear ( the rest 26(
The definition of the م meem sakinah It is a meem free from any vowel and
which has a fixed sukoon when continuing reading and when stopping
1 Oral hiding concealment When م meem Sakinah followed by baa ب mem must be hidden with ghunnah
that is Oral hiding ( the arabic term Ikhfaa shafawy) literally means concealment
Technically it means pronouncing a letter between manifestation and assimilation
without doubling (tashdeed) and while retaining the ghunnah [nasal twang]
1 Surat Al-Inshiqaaq ( 84- 24)
غ فج ؼظاة أ١ث ش
2 As-shams 91-14
ض فض ػ١ ث عث اب ظج ـ ف
3- Al-Alaq 96-14
٠ؼ ٠غث أ هللا أ
4- Al-Aadiat 100-11
عث ئظ شج١غ ث إ ٠
5- Al-Feel ( 105-4)
١ ث رغ ١ ؿج ذجبعح
16
2 Merging assimilation When م meem sakinah followed by meem م meem sakinah must be merged with
the next meem with ghunnah that is the merging ( the Arabic term Idghaam)
literally means placing something into another Technically it means assimilating a
non-vowelled letter into a vowel one whereby they become one doubled letter
1 Al-Qadr 97-4
عث غ ثئط أ و
2 Al-Humazah104-8
ب ػ١ ؤصضح إ
3 Clear Manifestation When meem Sakinah followed by the rest of Arabic letters ( 26) meem sakinah must
be clear and pronounced regularly (the Arabic term Ithhaar) Technically it means
pronouncing every letter at its point of articulation (makhrag) clearly without
ghunnah [nasal twang] in the apparent letter And to avoid concealing it as in the case
of the concealed baa because of the overlapping of its point of articulation with the
waaw and the proximity of its point of articulation with the faa ( ف )
Examples
1 Al-Buroogg 58-6 6666
ػ١ب لؼص إط
2 Al-Ghashiyah 88-6
ضغ٠غ ١ؾ إل طؼب 856
17
Exercise
Al-feel 105
حاب ال فيل م أل ف فعل ربك بأص تر كي
و١ض أ ف رض١ ٠جؼ
ػ١ أعؿ ط١غا أثبث١
١ ث رغ ١ ؿج ذجبعح
أوي فجؼ وؼصف
Non Vowel noon Noon Sakina Rules
5 Clear manifestation Ithhaar Rules 6 Merging assimilation Idghaam Rules 7 Concealment Ikhfaa Rules 8 changing Iqlaab Rules
حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر
Manifestation (Iz-haar)
ا خفاء Manifestation (Iz-haar) literally means explanation and clarification
Technically it means pronouncing every letter at its point of articulation
clearly without ghunnah [nasal twang] in the apparent letter
a a Guttural Manifestation
18
It is called guttural because its six letters emerge from the guttural (halq)
These letters are
hamzah ( ء ) haa ( ) ayn ( ع )
haa ( ح ) ghayn ( ؽ ) khaa ( ر )
b Absolute Manifestation
The Absolute Manifestation (Iz-haar mutlaq) Literally it means manifestation
and clarification
Technically it means articulating every letter at its point of articulation clearly
without ghunnah [nasal twang] in the apparent letter It is so called because it is
neither limited to the guttural nor to the labial letters Absolute Manifestation
occurs with a non-vowelled noon if it is followed either by a yaa or waaw in a
single word
This occurs in the Holy Quran in four places (al - dunya bunyan sinwan
qanwan) As for Yasin wal Quran Al hakim and Nun wal qalm wa ma yastrun the
rule is absolute manifestation even though it occurs in two words
Merging Assimilation Idghaam
Assimilation (Idghaam) literally means putting one thing into another Technically it
means inserting a non-vowelled letter into a vowelled one to become one doubled
(mushaddad) letter Assimilation is of two kinds
a a With ghunnah with a nasal twang
b b Without ghunnah without a nasal twang
Assimilation must involve two words The letters of the two types of assimilation are
six They are grouped in the phrase (yarmaluna)
19
ع ي
1 Merging with Nosal twang Idgham with Ghunnah
Assimilation with ghunnah [nasal twang] has four letters grouped in the phrase
The letters are the yaa noon meem and waaw If any of these letters (Yanmua) ٠و
occurs after the non-vowelled noon or the noon of nunnation (Tanween) provided that
this occurs in two words then the assimilation with ghunnaa must take place except in
two cases
a a Yaa sin wal Quran ilhakim ( ٠ؾ امغآ اذى١ )
b b b Nun wal qalam wa ma Yasturun ( ام ب ٠ـطغ )
The rule in these two cases is absolute manifestation (Iz-haar mutlaq)This is an
exception to the rule in observation of the reading by Hafs
Al-Humazah104 2 9
بال غ ص اظ ج ػض
صح ض ف ػ ض
Al-Masad11114
تب و تبت يدا أبي لهب
ل سد م ن م في جيدها حب
Al-Qiyamah75 3
أ ب ـ ت ال ـ أ٠ذ غ ػظب ج 4
ػ ثب أث لبصع٠ ـ
22
ئظ ج ٠ بضغح
20
36
ت ـ أ أ٠ذ ب ـ زغن ؿض٠ ال 37
٠ه طف خ أ ٠ 40
ر٠ أ١ؾ طه ثمبصع ػ أ ا ذ١
2 Merging without Nosal twang Idgham without Ghunnah
Assimilation without ghunnah [nasal twang] has two letters These are the raa and
the laam If any of them occurs after a non-vowelled noon or nunnation on condition that
this occurs in two words then assimilation without ghunnah must occur except in the
noon of man raq ( وؽعاق ) which is pronounced with a compulsory pause preventing
assimilation because of the stop singe
Al-Ikhlaas1124
٠ى ا أدض وف Al-Humazah1041 2 9
٠ ؼح ؼح ى
Al-Alaq967
آه استغنىر أن
Almulk6715
شور ر وكلوا من زقه وإليه الن
Az-Zariat5157
زق ر ما أريد منهم م ن
21
حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر
Concealment (Ikhfaa)
( السفبء )
Concealment (Ikhfaa) ( السفبء )
literally means covering
Technically it means pronouncing a letter with a quality between
manifestation and assimilation (idghaam) without doubling (shaddah)
while retaining the ghunnah [nasal twang]
It is also called real (haqiqi) because of the real concealment of the
two noons (that is the non-vowelled noon and the nunnation more
than in others
Concealment (Ikhfaa) has fifteen letters which are formed from the
initial letters of the words of the following line of poetry
صف را ثىا كن جاد شخص قذ سما دم طيثا زد في تقى ضع ظالما
ض ط ظ ش شص
د ر ز ت ث
ف ق ك ج
22
Examples
1 Sura Al-Falaq [1132-5]
ب سك غ ش
لت غ ش غبؿك إطا
ؼمض غ ش افبثبد ف ا
ض غ ش ـ دبؿض إطا د
2 Sura Al-Maun [1075]
ا ص ػ ظ٠ لر ؿب
3 Sura Quraish [106 4]
ع ج اظ أطؼ
4 Sura Al-Fil [1054]
ثذجبعح ١ ؿ رغ ١ ج
5 Sura Al-Qaria [1016]
ب اػ٠ مذ ث فأ
23
6 Sura Al-Qadr [971]
في ل يل ة الق ذر لى اي وس أ إوا
7 Sura Al-Alaq [96]
2 ـ ال سك ػك ب
5 ـ ال ػ ب ٠ؼ ب
و إ أعأ٠ذ 11 ضب ػ ا
ظة و إ أعأ٠ذ 13 ر
15 فؼب ثب ز ٠ ول ئ ـ بص١خ
سبطئخ بطثخ و خ بص١ 16
8 Sura An-Nabaa [78]
18 اجب ز ف ٠ ٠ أف ع فزأر ف اص
وأؿ 34 ببل ص ب
ظ أ إب 40 ػظاثب لغ٠جب عبو
ذ ٠ضا غ ظ ٠ ٠ ب لض غء ا
24
ىبفغ ٠ ٠مي ا رغاثب ذ و ب ١ز
8 Sura An-Naziat [79]
ه 12 ح و اإط لبا ر سبؿغح غ
ه إ 18 ؼور أ فم
بء ثبب ز أ أ 27 ـ ا مب أ أشض س
ب 37 غط فأ
43 وغاب ط ذ أ ف١
زب إ عثه 44 ب
ب 45 ٠ششببع ظ ذ أ ا
25
حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر
Turning (Iqlaab)
Turning (Iqlaab) literally means to turn the face of something
Technically it means replacing a letter with another while
maintaining ghunnah [nasal twang] and concealment (Ikhfaa)
It is so called because it changes the non-vowelled noon or
nunnation (Tanween) into a concealed meem with a ghunnah [nasal
twang]
Turning (Iqlaab) has only one letter which is the Baa ( ة )
Examples
1 Sura Al-Humaza [1044]
ج ١ ول خ ظ ذط ف ا
2 Sura Al-Baiyina [984]
ىزبة إال أرا ا ق اظ٠ ب رفغ ب جبءرؼض ث
3 Sura Al-Munafiqun [63 11]
هللا غسج١ ب ث رؼ
2
Arabic letters each have a Makhraj ndash an exit or articulation point - in the mouth or
throat from which they originate and they also each have Sifaat ndash attributes or
characteristics - particular to them Knowing the Makhraj and Sifaat of each letter is
an important part of Tajweed Sometimes two letters have very similar exits which
makes mixing them up easy So if a person does not know the attributes of each
letter there is a danger that he will change the meaning of the words in Qurrsquoan
recitation Observing the rules of Tajweed in reciting protects the reciter from making mistakes in reciting the Qurrsquoan
The ruling of reading with Tajweed
Muhammad bin Al-Jazaree the great Qurrsquoan and Hadeeth scholar of the 9th Century (Hijri) says in his famous poem[1] detailing the rules of Tajweed
ldquoAnd applying Tajweed is an issue of absolute necessity Whoever doesn‟t apply Tajweed to the Qur‟an then a sinner is herdquo
So he regarded it as an obligation and he regarded leaving it as a sin And the
majority of scholars agree that applying the Tajweed rules of Qurrsquoan are an individual
obligation (Fard lsquoAyn) upon every Muslim who has memorised part of or all of the
Qurrsquoan That is because the Qurrsquoan was revealed with the Tajweed rules applied to it
and the Prophet (sallallaahu alaihi wa sallam) recited it back to Jibreel in that way
and the Companions of the Prophet (sallallaahu alaihi wa sallam) read it in that way so it is an established Sunnah
And of the proofs that the scholars bring to show the obligation of Tajweed is that Allah says in the Qurrsquoan the meaning of which is
bdquoAnd recite the Qur‟an (aloud) in a (slow and melodious) style (tarteela)‟ (Surah Muzzammil aayah 4)
Ali ibn Abi Talib (radi Allahu lsquoanhu) said in the explanation of this aayah ldquoat-Tarteel
is Tajweed of the letters and knowing where to stop (correctly)rdquo[2]
And of the proofs also is that Allah says in the Qurrsquoan the meaning of which is
bdquoThose who We have given the Book to give it its right in recitation ( recite it as it
should be recited)‟ (Surah al-Baqarah aayah 121)
And of the rights of reciting correctly is reciting it the way it was revealed
There are various ahadeeth also showing us the importance of Tajweed Umm
Salamah was asked about the recitation of the Prophet (sallallaahu alaihi wa sallam) and she described it as a recitation bdquoclearly-distinguished letter by letter‟[3]
Sarsquoeed bin Mansoor relates in his Sunan[4] that a man was reciting the Qurrsquoan to
Abdullah bin Masrsquoood and he recited ldquoInnamas sadaqaatu lil fuqara-i wal
masaakeenrdquo so Ibn masrsquoood said ldquoThis was not how the Messenger of Allah (sallallaahu alaihi wa sallam) recited it to merdquo So the man asked
ldquoHow did he read it to you oh Aba Abdir-Rahmanrdquo So he said
3
ldquoLil Fuqaraaaa-i wal masaakeenrdquo he elongated the word Fuqaraa and the knowledge of the different lengths of elongation (mudood) is also from the rules of Tajweed
The scholars have divided the types of mistakes one might fall into when reciting the Qurrsquoan into two types
1Clear mistakes and 2Unobvious (hidden) mistakes
The Clear mistakes must be avoided by all and to avoid them one must know the
rules of Tajweed If a person falls into the Clear Mistakes this is considered a sin and
Ibn Taymiyyah even regarded it undesirable for a Student of Knowledge (ie
someone who knows Tajweed) to pray behind a person who makes Clear Mistakes in
their Salaah[5] As for the Unobvious mistakes then the ruling on them is lighter
and the recitation of a person falling into this type of mistake is regarded as lacking in completeness and prayer behind such a person is sound
The table below shows what type of mistakes fall under each category As you can see almost all areas of Tajweed are required to be applied by all Muslims
Clear mistakes
Mistakes in words which are clear and
inconspicuous whether they change the
meaning or not Mistakes related to
correct pronunciation Scholars and the ordinary Muslims should avoid these
Examples of Clear mistakes
bull Changing one letter into another or a
short vowel (harakah) into another
(changing Fathah into Damma or the letter Qaaf into Kaaf etc)
bull Not observing the elongations (Mudood) at all Reciting them quickly
bull Not observing the rules with which to
pronounce letters when they are next to
each other (like not merging certain
letters that should be merged and not
clearly pronouncing those which should be
clearly pronounced etc)
bullMaking light letters sound heavy and heavy letters sound light
bull Stopping or starting at an incorrect
place so that the meaning is spoilt
Unobvious mistakes
Mistakes which are associated with
perfecting the pronunciation
Known only by those who are
experts in this field or study it in
depth Ordinary Muslims may not know these
Examples of Unobvious mistakes
bull Not being totally exact with the
elongation of letters (Making the
Madd shorter or longer by a frac12 or even frac14 degree etc)
bull Not observing the attributes of
each letter perfectly (Slightly
rolling the Raarsquo or exaggerating
the lsquoNrsquo sound in Noon etc)
4
Reciting the Qur‟an melodiously
The Prophet (sallallaahu alaihi wa sallam) used to recite the Qurrsquoan in slow
measured rhythmic tones as Allah had instructed him not hurriedly but rather ldquohe
would recite a surah in such slow rhythmic tones that it would be longer than it
would seem possiblerdquo[6] He would stop at the end of each aayah[7] He
commanded people to recite in a beautiful voice in a pleasant melodious tone He
said ldquoBeautify the Qur‟an with your voices [for a fine voice increases the
Qur‟an in beauty]rdquo[8] and he said ldquoHe who does not recite the Qur‟an in a pleasant tone is not of usrdquo[9]
Unfortunately all to often we find people reciting the Qurrsquoan quickly and without
changing their tone and without any feeling We should put all our efforts into
reciting the Qurrsquoan with as much feeling as we can Have you ever prayed behind an
Imam who read with feeling Well the Prophet (sallallaahu alaihi wa sallam) said
ldquoTruly the one who has one of the finest voices among the people for
reciting the Qur‟an is the one whom you think fears Allah when you hear
him reciterdquo[10] And once when the Prophet (sallallaahu alaihi wa sallam)
complimented Abu Moosaa al-Ashrsquoari on the beauty of his recitation Abu Moosaa
said ldquoHad I known you were there I would have made my voice more pleasant and emotional for yourdquo[11]
Let us remember that the Qurrsquoan is the word of Allah In it we find exhortations
warnings glad-tidings parables stories of the past commands and prohibitions
Aayaat to make us think reflect cry fear hope love fall down in prostration How
can we recite all of this without feeling When we recite an aayah of Qurrsquoan we
should imagine that we are trying to feel and convey the full message behind that
aayah Perhaps some of us donrsquot feel confident I believe that this lack of confidence
comes partly from not knowing the rules of Tajweed correctly and so fearing that we
will make mistakes and partly from not understanding the meaning of what we are
reciting So let us work hard to remove these two obstacles by learning Tajweed and
working towards learning Arabic
Helpful Tips towards learning Tajweed
deg You must find a Qur‟an teacher who has studied Tajweed to listen to your
recitation and correct you Tajweed cannot merely be learnt from books because the
movements of your mouth as well as the sounds are important and only a teacher
can correct you and make sure you are applying the rules correctly Sometimes local
Mosques will run classes Qurrsquoan recitation is a science which was passed down
generation by generation through teachers not just books with a direct line to the
Prophet (sallallaahu alaihi wa sallam)
deg Find a book containing the rules of Tajweed and learn each rule little by little
applying it as you go along with the help of your teacher There are many concise
Arabic books and in English there are some books as well as tapes to help Look for books with some drawings showing you how to pronounce each letter
deg Listen to Qur‟an tapes of reciters who recite very clearly at a medium or slow
speed (like Sheikh Hudhaify or Sheikh Muhammad Hosary) and try and notice them
applying the different rules of Tajweed Repeat after them while trying to apply the
5
rules yoursquove learnt Try to copy their tone and melody as well and see how it changes as the meaning of what theyrsquore reciting changes
deg Tajweed website There is an excellent Tajweed website I came across in English
which details many aspects of Tajweed in a very clear way including a Question and
Answer section httpwwwabouttajweedcom
deg Tajweed Mus-haf You can get a new Mus-haf (copy of the Qurrsquoan) called Mus-
haf at-Tajweed which has the rules of Tajweed incorporated in the text of the Qurrsquoan
in colour coding This is very helpful as it prompts you as you go along There is also
a computer program you can buy with it which highlights Tajweed rules with recitation
deg Tajweed Poem If you know Arabic you could memorise Ibn al-Jazareersquos poem
which contains all the rules of Tajweed You can get the poem on tape sung as a nasheed in Arab countries You might find memorising the rules easy in this way
deg Try and apply the rules you learn to the Surahs you have already memorised
and donrsquot become lazy about reciting correctly You might have to revise the surahs by looking back at them
deg Practice and repetition will make perfect insha Allah As Ibn al-Jazaree says in his poem about acquiring Tajweed
bdquoAnd there is no obstacle between it (learning Tajweed) and leaving it Except that a person must exercise his mouth with it‟
May Allah help us all to give His Book its right when we recite it and make reciting it more beloved to our tongues than anything else Aameen
Much of the factual information for this article has been taken from the book
bdquoQawaa‟id at-Tajweed‟ by Dr bdquoAbdul Azeez Abdul Fattah al-Qaari‟ a teacher
of the Islamic University in Madinah Published by Maktabah Dar in Madinah
and from bdquoThe Prophet‟s (sallallaahu bdquoalaihi wa sallam) prayer described‟ by
Sheikh al-Albaani (rahimahullah)
[1] Ibn Al-Jazareersquos book lsquoAl-Muqaddimah feemaa lsquoala qaarirsquoihi an yursquoallimahursquo [2] An-Nashr of Ibn Al-Jazaree 2091 [3] Tirmidhi [4] Mentioned by Ibn al-Jazaree in lsquoAn-Nashrrsquo from At-Tabaraani in lsquoAl-Kabeerrsquo [5] In Ibn Taymiyyahs fataawa [6] Muslim amp Malik [7] Abu Daawood amp Sahmi (64-65) Haakim declared it Saheeh amp Dhahabi agreed [8] Bukhaari as tarsquoleeq Abu Daawood Darimi Haakim and Tammaam ar-Razi with 2 saheeh isnaads [9] Abu Daawood amp Haakim who declared it saheeh and Dhahabi agreed [10] A Saheeh hadeeth transmitted by Ibn al-Mubaarak in az-Zuhd (1621 from al-Kawaakib 575) Daarimi Ibn Nasr Tabaraani Abu Nursquoaim in Akhbaar Isbahaan and Diyaarsquo in al-Mukhtaarah
[11] Bukhaari amp Muslim
Comment on this article (1 Comments posted)
============
6
-------------------
httpwww-unixoitumassedu~asmdlAudio-lectureshtm
Please download the following software and then install it in your system in order to listen to the lectures You can click her to download Aiwaexezip
Recorded Tajweed Lessons
Lessons are given at Al Quracuteaan Wa Sunnah Islamic Site Of Learning
Join the Internet`s First and No1 Islamic Cyber Community at ALQURAN WA SUNNAH ISLAMIC VOICE CHAT SITE for LEARNING
1 Tajweed9-13)
2 Tajweed9-15)
3 Tajweed9-17)
4 Tajweed9-20) It is repaired and available
5 Tajweed9-22)
6 Tajweed9-24
7 Tajweed9-27
8 Tajweed9-29 AlAraaf(7) 200mdash
9 Tajweed10-01Al-anfaal(8)17-40
10 Tajweed10-05Al-Anfaal(8) 41-56
11 Tajweed10-11Alanfaal(8) 56--
Friday speeches
1 Islam is the religion of Mercy
2 Misconception about the testimony of faith Shahadah
3 Pilgrimage ―Al-Hajj
4 Welcome Ramadan
More recorded lectures for how to recite Quran and your prayers for beginners and also some lessons about Tawheed and science lead to Islam If you are interested Please link to Al-Quran
Wa Sunnah Voice Chat
If you have any question Please contact me at mailtoasmdlfoodsciuassedu Assem Abolmaaty Sayedahmed
September 16 2004
--------------
7
httpwww-unixoitumassedu~asmdlTajweedhtm httpabcsofarabictripodcomindividuallettershtm
Contents
Audio lectures Including Khutbah and Tajweed lessons
How to pronounce the Arabic letters The importance of Recitation Rules
Reading bismillah and Aoozobellah
Vibration Rules (Qalqalah) Types of stops
Noon and meem Mushadadah (doubled) Non Vowel Meem Meem Sakina Rules
Non Vowel noon Noon Sakina Rules
1 Clear manifestation Ithhaar Rules 2 Merging assimilation Idghaam Rules
3 Concealment Ikhfaa Rules 4 changing Iqlaab Rules
lengthening Rules Madd Rules
Non vowel Laam
Types of Hamzah
The importance of Recitation Rules
Allah (SWT) says in the Quran And read the Quran in slow measured rhythmic tone Verily
We have revealed an Arabic Quran Those people whom We have given the Book recite it the way it
should be recited They are the ones who believe in it (Quran 2121) It is obvious from above
mentioned verse that it is important to read Quran clearly and is compulsory Farz-i-Ain If only one
verse mentions this order it should be sufficient for that order to be true Reciting the Quran consists of
two parts Tarteel and Tajweed Tarteel means to read the Quran slowly and Tajweed deals with correct
pronunciation Tarteel and Tajweed consist of two parts Tajweed-ul-Huroof - that letter should be read
with correct pronunciation And the other Marifat-ul-Wuquf - that one should know where to break pause
or stop during recitation Without these two things recitation of Quran is not correct therefore it is
important to do these correctly Without completing these two a person is not a correct reader of Quran
and will not be given certificate of Tajweed Similarly many Hadeith prove it to be necessary to read
Quran correctly and the Quran was revealed with correct Tajweed The Prophet Muhammad also
read Quran with correct Tajweed and ordered others to do so He taught Sahaba (RDH - those companions
of prophet that met him in person) with correct Tajweed And since the time of Tabeen and Taba
Tabeen till today all the respected Qurras have read Quran with correct Tajweed and the Quran will be
read similarly until Qiyamat (Doomsday)
8
حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر
Qalqalah [Vibration]
Qalqalah [Vibration] literally means unrest Technically it means the vibration of the non-
vowelled sound letter until a strong trembling sound is heard whether the absence of vowel
(sukoon) is original or exposed (Aarid)
The Qalqalah Letters are five They are grouped together in the phrase
ق ط ب ج د ( قطة جذ )
(Qutb Jad) daal geem baa taa qaaf
It is required that the Qalqalah letters be with original or unoriginal sukoon (absence of a
vowel) as a result of making a pause at a qalqalah letter
The lesser degree The lesser degree of Qalqalah [ sughra] is when it occurs in the middle of a word
Example
100 Al-adiyat
د١ اغ د هللا اغ ـ ث
ؼبص٠بد ا ذبج ض
ع٠بد دبض ل فب
غ١غاد ذبج ص فب
ث ؼبم فأثغ
مؼب ث فأثغؿ ؼب ط ف ج ث
110 ndash An-nasr
فزخ ا إطا جبء صغ هللا عأ٠ذ ابؽ ض ٠ س هللا ف ص٠ اجب أف
9
The moderate degree
The moderate degree of Qalqalah [mutawasita] is when a stop is made on a letter which is not
doubled (without shaddah)
Example
112- Alikhlaas
د١ اغ د هللا اغ ـ ث
هللا ض أد ل
هللا ض اص
٠ض ض ٠
ا وف ٠ى ض أد
113- Al-Falaq
د١ اغ د هللا اغ ـ ث
أػط ثغة ف ل ك ا
ب شغ ك س
شغ غبؿك إطا ل ت
شغ افبثبد ف ؼم ض ا
ـ شغ دبؿض إطا د ض
The greater degree
The greater degree of Qalqalah [kubra] is when a stop is made on a doubled letter of qalqalah
Example the Qaaf in
15 ndash Yonus ( 85)
ب إال ذ ث١ ـبػخ ٢ر ك ثب ا إ ب ١خ األعض اد ب ـ ب سمب ا
فخ فبصفخ اص ١ ج ا
21- Al-Anbiaa (112)
ب رصف ػ زؼب ـ ذ لبي عة ادى ا ك ثب د عثب اغ
111- Al-Masad
ر رجذ ٠ضا أث ت ت
10
تسن هللا حين حمه الر الر
Types of Stops 1 Compulsory 2 Permissible 3 Precautionary
4 Prohibited 5 Moderate Pause
Stop Literally means blocking and suspending
Stop Technically means making a voiceless break at a Quranic word for a brief
moment during which the reader takes a breath with the intention of continuing
reading
1 Compulsory The Compulsory Stop is the stop by which the word and meaning give a complete
sense and this is called complete stop because the utterance is complete and is
separated from what follows It is indicated by (meem)
2 Permissible The Permissible Stop is the one at which stopping or continuing is permissible In this
type you can either continue or make a stop In this case either continuing or making
a stop is preferable
2 a Sufficient
The Sufficient Stop is the one in which continuing or stopping is permissible yet
making a stop is preferable It is called sufficient because it can stand by itself
independently of what follows because it is not connected with it in words Its
symbol is ( ل ) Qili
2 b Equality
The Equality Stop is the one in which continuing and stopping are equally relevant
Its symbol is ( ج ) (geem)
3619
ؼى لبا طبئغوجغر أئ طو
جغف ـ ل أز ث
11
2 c Good
The Good Stop is the one in which continuing and stopping are
permissible and yet continuing is desirable It is called a good stop
because it gives a preferable effect Its sign is ( ص ) (sili)
3618
ثى لبا إب رط١غص رزا غج ئ ى
3 Precautionary The Precautionary Stop (also called the convergence of stops)
It indicates the convergence of two near situations where it is possible to make a stop
In such case a stop is made at one of these two situations only
Al-Baqarah (22)
4 Prohibited
The Prohibited Stop is the stop made at an incomplete utterance which
does not give the required meaning because it is strongly connected with
what follows in terms of words and meaning This kind of stop is
prohibited Its symbol is ( ال ) (Laam - Alif)
12
Al-Marsquoidah (553)
5 Moderate Pause The Moderate pause is the breaking of the voice at a Quranic word for a
brief moment without taking a breath at two counts [nearly two seconds]
Its symbol is (s) ( ؽ ) (seen)
Al-Kahf (18-1)
13
Doubled meem amp Doubled noon
The doubled noon and meem are each doubled noon and each doubled
meem Originally a doubled letter is made of two letters the first is anon-
vowelled and the second is a vowel
Doubled meem( ( م
The doubled meem was originally two meems the first is a non-vowelled and the
second is a vowel The non-vowelled meem was assimilated in the vowel meem
and so the two became one doubled letter (harf mushaddad)
The rule of the doubled meem is pronunciation with compulsory
manifestation ie distinctly holding the ghunnah [nasal twang] for two counts
[nearly two seconds] The doubled meem is called the doubled letter of ghunnah
The non-vowelled meem is the meem void of vowel and it occurs before all the
letters of the alphabet except the three letters of lengthening (huruf al - madd) in
order to prevent the meeting of two non-vowelled letters
110 Al-Qaria
اػ٠ فأ ثمذ ب
اض١خ ف ػ١شخ ع ف
أ اػ٠ سفذ ب
٠خ فأ ب
14
Doubled noon ( ن )
The doubled noon is originally two noons the first is non-vowelled (noon) and
the second is vowelled the non-vowelled (saakinah) was assimilated into the vowelled
noon and both became one doubled letter
The rule of the doubled noon (noon mushaddadah) is pronunciation with
Compulsory manifestation ie distinctly holding the ghunnah [nasal twang] for two
counts [nearly two seconds] The doubled noon is called the doubled letter of ghunnah
(harf ghunnah mushaddad)
1 An-naas 111
د هللا اغ ـ د١ ث اغ
أػط ثغة ا بؽ ل
بؽ ه ا
ا بؽ إ
ش اؽ ا ؿ شغ ا بؽ
ؽ ف صضع ا ؿ بؽ اظ ٠
ج ا ا بؽ خ
2 Al-Alaq [96]
ـ ول إ -4 ١طغال ب
جؼ إ -6 إ عثه اغ
15
The Meem Saakinah Rules ( م )
Oral hiding (baa ب ( Merging (meem م )
Clear ( the rest 26(
The definition of the م meem sakinah It is a meem free from any vowel and
which has a fixed sukoon when continuing reading and when stopping
1 Oral hiding concealment When م meem Sakinah followed by baa ب mem must be hidden with ghunnah
that is Oral hiding ( the arabic term Ikhfaa shafawy) literally means concealment
Technically it means pronouncing a letter between manifestation and assimilation
without doubling (tashdeed) and while retaining the ghunnah [nasal twang]
1 Surat Al-Inshiqaaq ( 84- 24)
غ فج ؼظاة أ١ث ش
2 As-shams 91-14
ض فض ػ١ ث عث اب ظج ـ ف
3- Al-Alaq 96-14
٠ؼ ٠غث أ هللا أ
4- Al-Aadiat 100-11
عث ئظ شج١غ ث إ ٠
5- Al-Feel ( 105-4)
١ ث رغ ١ ؿج ذجبعح
16
2 Merging assimilation When م meem sakinah followed by meem م meem sakinah must be merged with
the next meem with ghunnah that is the merging ( the Arabic term Idghaam)
literally means placing something into another Technically it means assimilating a
non-vowelled letter into a vowel one whereby they become one doubled letter
1 Al-Qadr 97-4
عث غ ثئط أ و
2 Al-Humazah104-8
ب ػ١ ؤصضح إ
3 Clear Manifestation When meem Sakinah followed by the rest of Arabic letters ( 26) meem sakinah must
be clear and pronounced regularly (the Arabic term Ithhaar) Technically it means
pronouncing every letter at its point of articulation (makhrag) clearly without
ghunnah [nasal twang] in the apparent letter And to avoid concealing it as in the case
of the concealed baa because of the overlapping of its point of articulation with the
waaw and the proximity of its point of articulation with the faa ( ف )
Examples
1 Al-Buroogg 58-6 6666
ػ١ب لؼص إط
2 Al-Ghashiyah 88-6
ضغ٠غ ١ؾ إل طؼب 856
17
Exercise
Al-feel 105
حاب ال فيل م أل ف فعل ربك بأص تر كي
و١ض أ ف رض١ ٠جؼ
ػ١ أعؿ ط١غا أثبث١
١ ث رغ ١ ؿج ذجبعح
أوي فجؼ وؼصف
Non Vowel noon Noon Sakina Rules
5 Clear manifestation Ithhaar Rules 6 Merging assimilation Idghaam Rules 7 Concealment Ikhfaa Rules 8 changing Iqlaab Rules
حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر
Manifestation (Iz-haar)
ا خفاء Manifestation (Iz-haar) literally means explanation and clarification
Technically it means pronouncing every letter at its point of articulation
clearly without ghunnah [nasal twang] in the apparent letter
a a Guttural Manifestation
18
It is called guttural because its six letters emerge from the guttural (halq)
These letters are
hamzah ( ء ) haa ( ) ayn ( ع )
haa ( ح ) ghayn ( ؽ ) khaa ( ر )
b Absolute Manifestation
The Absolute Manifestation (Iz-haar mutlaq) Literally it means manifestation
and clarification
Technically it means articulating every letter at its point of articulation clearly
without ghunnah [nasal twang] in the apparent letter It is so called because it is
neither limited to the guttural nor to the labial letters Absolute Manifestation
occurs with a non-vowelled noon if it is followed either by a yaa or waaw in a
single word
This occurs in the Holy Quran in four places (al - dunya bunyan sinwan
qanwan) As for Yasin wal Quran Al hakim and Nun wal qalm wa ma yastrun the
rule is absolute manifestation even though it occurs in two words
Merging Assimilation Idghaam
Assimilation (Idghaam) literally means putting one thing into another Technically it
means inserting a non-vowelled letter into a vowelled one to become one doubled
(mushaddad) letter Assimilation is of two kinds
a a With ghunnah with a nasal twang
b b Without ghunnah without a nasal twang
Assimilation must involve two words The letters of the two types of assimilation are
six They are grouped in the phrase (yarmaluna)
19
ع ي
1 Merging with Nosal twang Idgham with Ghunnah
Assimilation with ghunnah [nasal twang] has four letters grouped in the phrase
The letters are the yaa noon meem and waaw If any of these letters (Yanmua) ٠و
occurs after the non-vowelled noon or the noon of nunnation (Tanween) provided that
this occurs in two words then the assimilation with ghunnaa must take place except in
two cases
a a Yaa sin wal Quran ilhakim ( ٠ؾ امغآ اذى١ )
b b b Nun wal qalam wa ma Yasturun ( ام ب ٠ـطغ )
The rule in these two cases is absolute manifestation (Iz-haar mutlaq)This is an
exception to the rule in observation of the reading by Hafs
Al-Humazah104 2 9
بال غ ص اظ ج ػض
صح ض ف ػ ض
Al-Masad11114
تب و تبت يدا أبي لهب
ل سد م ن م في جيدها حب
Al-Qiyamah75 3
أ ب ـ ت ال ـ أ٠ذ غ ػظب ج 4
ػ ثب أث لبصع٠ ـ
22
ئظ ج ٠ بضغح
20
36
ت ـ أ أ٠ذ ب ـ زغن ؿض٠ ال 37
٠ه طف خ أ ٠ 40
ر٠ أ١ؾ طه ثمبصع ػ أ ا ذ١
2 Merging without Nosal twang Idgham without Ghunnah
Assimilation without ghunnah [nasal twang] has two letters These are the raa and
the laam If any of them occurs after a non-vowelled noon or nunnation on condition that
this occurs in two words then assimilation without ghunnah must occur except in the
noon of man raq ( وؽعاق ) which is pronounced with a compulsory pause preventing
assimilation because of the stop singe
Al-Ikhlaas1124
٠ى ا أدض وف Al-Humazah1041 2 9
٠ ؼح ؼح ى
Al-Alaq967
آه استغنىر أن
Almulk6715
شور ر وكلوا من زقه وإليه الن
Az-Zariat5157
زق ر ما أريد منهم م ن
21
حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر
Concealment (Ikhfaa)
( السفبء )
Concealment (Ikhfaa) ( السفبء )
literally means covering
Technically it means pronouncing a letter with a quality between
manifestation and assimilation (idghaam) without doubling (shaddah)
while retaining the ghunnah [nasal twang]
It is also called real (haqiqi) because of the real concealment of the
two noons (that is the non-vowelled noon and the nunnation more
than in others
Concealment (Ikhfaa) has fifteen letters which are formed from the
initial letters of the words of the following line of poetry
صف را ثىا كن جاد شخص قذ سما دم طيثا زد في تقى ضع ظالما
ض ط ظ ش شص
د ر ز ت ث
ف ق ك ج
22
Examples
1 Sura Al-Falaq [1132-5]
ب سك غ ش
لت غ ش غبؿك إطا
ؼمض غ ش افبثبد ف ا
ض غ ش ـ دبؿض إطا د
2 Sura Al-Maun [1075]
ا ص ػ ظ٠ لر ؿب
3 Sura Quraish [106 4]
ع ج اظ أطؼ
4 Sura Al-Fil [1054]
ثذجبعح ١ ؿ رغ ١ ج
5 Sura Al-Qaria [1016]
ب اػ٠ مذ ث فأ
23
6 Sura Al-Qadr [971]
في ل يل ة الق ذر لى اي وس أ إوا
7 Sura Al-Alaq [96]
2 ـ ال سك ػك ب
5 ـ ال ػ ب ٠ؼ ب
و إ أعأ٠ذ 11 ضب ػ ا
ظة و إ أعأ٠ذ 13 ر
15 فؼب ثب ز ٠ ول ئ ـ بص١خ
سبطئخ بطثخ و خ بص١ 16
8 Sura An-Nabaa [78]
18 اجب ز ف ٠ ٠ أف ع فزأر ف اص
وأؿ 34 ببل ص ب
ظ أ إب 40 ػظاثب لغ٠جب عبو
ذ ٠ضا غ ظ ٠ ٠ ب لض غء ا
24
ىبفغ ٠ ٠مي ا رغاثب ذ و ب ١ز
8 Sura An-Naziat [79]
ه 12 ح و اإط لبا ر سبؿغح غ
ه إ 18 ؼور أ فم
بء ثبب ز أ أ 27 ـ ا مب أ أشض س
ب 37 غط فأ
43 وغاب ط ذ أ ف١
زب إ عثه 44 ب
ب 45 ٠ششببع ظ ذ أ ا
25
حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر
Turning (Iqlaab)
Turning (Iqlaab) literally means to turn the face of something
Technically it means replacing a letter with another while
maintaining ghunnah [nasal twang] and concealment (Ikhfaa)
It is so called because it changes the non-vowelled noon or
nunnation (Tanween) into a concealed meem with a ghunnah [nasal
twang]
Turning (Iqlaab) has only one letter which is the Baa ( ة )
Examples
1 Sura Al-Humaza [1044]
ج ١ ول خ ظ ذط ف ا
2 Sura Al-Baiyina [984]
ىزبة إال أرا ا ق اظ٠ ب رفغ ب جبءرؼض ث
3 Sura Al-Munafiqun [63 11]
هللا غسج١ ب ث رؼ
3
ldquoLil Fuqaraaaa-i wal masaakeenrdquo he elongated the word Fuqaraa and the knowledge of the different lengths of elongation (mudood) is also from the rules of Tajweed
The scholars have divided the types of mistakes one might fall into when reciting the Qurrsquoan into two types
1Clear mistakes and 2Unobvious (hidden) mistakes
The Clear mistakes must be avoided by all and to avoid them one must know the
rules of Tajweed If a person falls into the Clear Mistakes this is considered a sin and
Ibn Taymiyyah even regarded it undesirable for a Student of Knowledge (ie
someone who knows Tajweed) to pray behind a person who makes Clear Mistakes in
their Salaah[5] As for the Unobvious mistakes then the ruling on them is lighter
and the recitation of a person falling into this type of mistake is regarded as lacking in completeness and prayer behind such a person is sound
The table below shows what type of mistakes fall under each category As you can see almost all areas of Tajweed are required to be applied by all Muslims
Clear mistakes
Mistakes in words which are clear and
inconspicuous whether they change the
meaning or not Mistakes related to
correct pronunciation Scholars and the ordinary Muslims should avoid these
Examples of Clear mistakes
bull Changing one letter into another or a
short vowel (harakah) into another
(changing Fathah into Damma or the letter Qaaf into Kaaf etc)
bull Not observing the elongations (Mudood) at all Reciting them quickly
bull Not observing the rules with which to
pronounce letters when they are next to
each other (like not merging certain
letters that should be merged and not
clearly pronouncing those which should be
clearly pronounced etc)
bullMaking light letters sound heavy and heavy letters sound light
bull Stopping or starting at an incorrect
place so that the meaning is spoilt
Unobvious mistakes
Mistakes which are associated with
perfecting the pronunciation
Known only by those who are
experts in this field or study it in
depth Ordinary Muslims may not know these
Examples of Unobvious mistakes
bull Not being totally exact with the
elongation of letters (Making the
Madd shorter or longer by a frac12 or even frac14 degree etc)
bull Not observing the attributes of
each letter perfectly (Slightly
rolling the Raarsquo or exaggerating
the lsquoNrsquo sound in Noon etc)
4
Reciting the Qur‟an melodiously
The Prophet (sallallaahu alaihi wa sallam) used to recite the Qurrsquoan in slow
measured rhythmic tones as Allah had instructed him not hurriedly but rather ldquohe
would recite a surah in such slow rhythmic tones that it would be longer than it
would seem possiblerdquo[6] He would stop at the end of each aayah[7] He
commanded people to recite in a beautiful voice in a pleasant melodious tone He
said ldquoBeautify the Qur‟an with your voices [for a fine voice increases the
Qur‟an in beauty]rdquo[8] and he said ldquoHe who does not recite the Qur‟an in a pleasant tone is not of usrdquo[9]
Unfortunately all to often we find people reciting the Qurrsquoan quickly and without
changing their tone and without any feeling We should put all our efforts into
reciting the Qurrsquoan with as much feeling as we can Have you ever prayed behind an
Imam who read with feeling Well the Prophet (sallallaahu alaihi wa sallam) said
ldquoTruly the one who has one of the finest voices among the people for
reciting the Qur‟an is the one whom you think fears Allah when you hear
him reciterdquo[10] And once when the Prophet (sallallaahu alaihi wa sallam)
complimented Abu Moosaa al-Ashrsquoari on the beauty of his recitation Abu Moosaa
said ldquoHad I known you were there I would have made my voice more pleasant and emotional for yourdquo[11]
Let us remember that the Qurrsquoan is the word of Allah In it we find exhortations
warnings glad-tidings parables stories of the past commands and prohibitions
Aayaat to make us think reflect cry fear hope love fall down in prostration How
can we recite all of this without feeling When we recite an aayah of Qurrsquoan we
should imagine that we are trying to feel and convey the full message behind that
aayah Perhaps some of us donrsquot feel confident I believe that this lack of confidence
comes partly from not knowing the rules of Tajweed correctly and so fearing that we
will make mistakes and partly from not understanding the meaning of what we are
reciting So let us work hard to remove these two obstacles by learning Tajweed and
working towards learning Arabic
Helpful Tips towards learning Tajweed
deg You must find a Qur‟an teacher who has studied Tajweed to listen to your
recitation and correct you Tajweed cannot merely be learnt from books because the
movements of your mouth as well as the sounds are important and only a teacher
can correct you and make sure you are applying the rules correctly Sometimes local
Mosques will run classes Qurrsquoan recitation is a science which was passed down
generation by generation through teachers not just books with a direct line to the
Prophet (sallallaahu alaihi wa sallam)
deg Find a book containing the rules of Tajweed and learn each rule little by little
applying it as you go along with the help of your teacher There are many concise
Arabic books and in English there are some books as well as tapes to help Look for books with some drawings showing you how to pronounce each letter
deg Listen to Qur‟an tapes of reciters who recite very clearly at a medium or slow
speed (like Sheikh Hudhaify or Sheikh Muhammad Hosary) and try and notice them
applying the different rules of Tajweed Repeat after them while trying to apply the
5
rules yoursquove learnt Try to copy their tone and melody as well and see how it changes as the meaning of what theyrsquore reciting changes
deg Tajweed website There is an excellent Tajweed website I came across in English
which details many aspects of Tajweed in a very clear way including a Question and
Answer section httpwwwabouttajweedcom
deg Tajweed Mus-haf You can get a new Mus-haf (copy of the Qurrsquoan) called Mus-
haf at-Tajweed which has the rules of Tajweed incorporated in the text of the Qurrsquoan
in colour coding This is very helpful as it prompts you as you go along There is also
a computer program you can buy with it which highlights Tajweed rules with recitation
deg Tajweed Poem If you know Arabic you could memorise Ibn al-Jazareersquos poem
which contains all the rules of Tajweed You can get the poem on tape sung as a nasheed in Arab countries You might find memorising the rules easy in this way
deg Try and apply the rules you learn to the Surahs you have already memorised
and donrsquot become lazy about reciting correctly You might have to revise the surahs by looking back at them
deg Practice and repetition will make perfect insha Allah As Ibn al-Jazaree says in his poem about acquiring Tajweed
bdquoAnd there is no obstacle between it (learning Tajweed) and leaving it Except that a person must exercise his mouth with it‟
May Allah help us all to give His Book its right when we recite it and make reciting it more beloved to our tongues than anything else Aameen
Much of the factual information for this article has been taken from the book
bdquoQawaa‟id at-Tajweed‟ by Dr bdquoAbdul Azeez Abdul Fattah al-Qaari‟ a teacher
of the Islamic University in Madinah Published by Maktabah Dar in Madinah
and from bdquoThe Prophet‟s (sallallaahu bdquoalaihi wa sallam) prayer described‟ by
Sheikh al-Albaani (rahimahullah)
[1] Ibn Al-Jazareersquos book lsquoAl-Muqaddimah feemaa lsquoala qaarirsquoihi an yursquoallimahursquo [2] An-Nashr of Ibn Al-Jazaree 2091 [3] Tirmidhi [4] Mentioned by Ibn al-Jazaree in lsquoAn-Nashrrsquo from At-Tabaraani in lsquoAl-Kabeerrsquo [5] In Ibn Taymiyyahs fataawa [6] Muslim amp Malik [7] Abu Daawood amp Sahmi (64-65) Haakim declared it Saheeh amp Dhahabi agreed [8] Bukhaari as tarsquoleeq Abu Daawood Darimi Haakim and Tammaam ar-Razi with 2 saheeh isnaads [9] Abu Daawood amp Haakim who declared it saheeh and Dhahabi agreed [10] A Saheeh hadeeth transmitted by Ibn al-Mubaarak in az-Zuhd (1621 from al-Kawaakib 575) Daarimi Ibn Nasr Tabaraani Abu Nursquoaim in Akhbaar Isbahaan and Diyaarsquo in al-Mukhtaarah
[11] Bukhaari amp Muslim
Comment on this article (1 Comments posted)
============
6
-------------------
httpwww-unixoitumassedu~asmdlAudio-lectureshtm
Please download the following software and then install it in your system in order to listen to the lectures You can click her to download Aiwaexezip
Recorded Tajweed Lessons
Lessons are given at Al Quracuteaan Wa Sunnah Islamic Site Of Learning
Join the Internet`s First and No1 Islamic Cyber Community at ALQURAN WA SUNNAH ISLAMIC VOICE CHAT SITE for LEARNING
1 Tajweed9-13)
2 Tajweed9-15)
3 Tajweed9-17)
4 Tajweed9-20) It is repaired and available
5 Tajweed9-22)
6 Tajweed9-24
7 Tajweed9-27
8 Tajweed9-29 AlAraaf(7) 200mdash
9 Tajweed10-01Al-anfaal(8)17-40
10 Tajweed10-05Al-Anfaal(8) 41-56
11 Tajweed10-11Alanfaal(8) 56--
Friday speeches
1 Islam is the religion of Mercy
2 Misconception about the testimony of faith Shahadah
3 Pilgrimage ―Al-Hajj
4 Welcome Ramadan
More recorded lectures for how to recite Quran and your prayers for beginners and also some lessons about Tawheed and science lead to Islam If you are interested Please link to Al-Quran
Wa Sunnah Voice Chat
If you have any question Please contact me at mailtoasmdlfoodsciuassedu Assem Abolmaaty Sayedahmed
September 16 2004
--------------
7
httpwww-unixoitumassedu~asmdlTajweedhtm httpabcsofarabictripodcomindividuallettershtm
Contents
Audio lectures Including Khutbah and Tajweed lessons
How to pronounce the Arabic letters The importance of Recitation Rules
Reading bismillah and Aoozobellah
Vibration Rules (Qalqalah) Types of stops
Noon and meem Mushadadah (doubled) Non Vowel Meem Meem Sakina Rules
Non Vowel noon Noon Sakina Rules
1 Clear manifestation Ithhaar Rules 2 Merging assimilation Idghaam Rules
3 Concealment Ikhfaa Rules 4 changing Iqlaab Rules
lengthening Rules Madd Rules
Non vowel Laam
Types of Hamzah
The importance of Recitation Rules
Allah (SWT) says in the Quran And read the Quran in slow measured rhythmic tone Verily
We have revealed an Arabic Quran Those people whom We have given the Book recite it the way it
should be recited They are the ones who believe in it (Quran 2121) It is obvious from above
mentioned verse that it is important to read Quran clearly and is compulsory Farz-i-Ain If only one
verse mentions this order it should be sufficient for that order to be true Reciting the Quran consists of
two parts Tarteel and Tajweed Tarteel means to read the Quran slowly and Tajweed deals with correct
pronunciation Tarteel and Tajweed consist of two parts Tajweed-ul-Huroof - that letter should be read
with correct pronunciation And the other Marifat-ul-Wuquf - that one should know where to break pause
or stop during recitation Without these two things recitation of Quran is not correct therefore it is
important to do these correctly Without completing these two a person is not a correct reader of Quran
and will not be given certificate of Tajweed Similarly many Hadeith prove it to be necessary to read
Quran correctly and the Quran was revealed with correct Tajweed The Prophet Muhammad also
read Quran with correct Tajweed and ordered others to do so He taught Sahaba (RDH - those companions
of prophet that met him in person) with correct Tajweed And since the time of Tabeen and Taba
Tabeen till today all the respected Qurras have read Quran with correct Tajweed and the Quran will be
read similarly until Qiyamat (Doomsday)
8
حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر
Qalqalah [Vibration]
Qalqalah [Vibration] literally means unrest Technically it means the vibration of the non-
vowelled sound letter until a strong trembling sound is heard whether the absence of vowel
(sukoon) is original or exposed (Aarid)
The Qalqalah Letters are five They are grouped together in the phrase
ق ط ب ج د ( قطة جذ )
(Qutb Jad) daal geem baa taa qaaf
It is required that the Qalqalah letters be with original or unoriginal sukoon (absence of a
vowel) as a result of making a pause at a qalqalah letter
The lesser degree The lesser degree of Qalqalah [ sughra] is when it occurs in the middle of a word
Example
100 Al-adiyat
د١ اغ د هللا اغ ـ ث
ؼبص٠بد ا ذبج ض
ع٠بد دبض ل فب
غ١غاد ذبج ص فب
ث ؼبم فأثغ
مؼب ث فأثغؿ ؼب ط ف ج ث
110 ndash An-nasr
فزخ ا إطا جبء صغ هللا عأ٠ذ ابؽ ض ٠ س هللا ف ص٠ اجب أف
9
The moderate degree
The moderate degree of Qalqalah [mutawasita] is when a stop is made on a letter which is not
doubled (without shaddah)
Example
112- Alikhlaas
د١ اغ د هللا اغ ـ ث
هللا ض أد ل
هللا ض اص
٠ض ض ٠
ا وف ٠ى ض أد
113- Al-Falaq
د١ اغ د هللا اغ ـ ث
أػط ثغة ف ل ك ا
ب شغ ك س
شغ غبؿك إطا ل ت
شغ افبثبد ف ؼم ض ا
ـ شغ دبؿض إطا د ض
The greater degree
The greater degree of Qalqalah [kubra] is when a stop is made on a doubled letter of qalqalah
Example the Qaaf in
15 ndash Yonus ( 85)
ب إال ذ ث١ ـبػخ ٢ر ك ثب ا إ ب ١خ األعض اد ب ـ ب سمب ا
فخ فبصفخ اص ١ ج ا
21- Al-Anbiaa (112)
ب رصف ػ زؼب ـ ذ لبي عة ادى ا ك ثب د عثب اغ
111- Al-Masad
ر رجذ ٠ضا أث ت ت
10
تسن هللا حين حمه الر الر
Types of Stops 1 Compulsory 2 Permissible 3 Precautionary
4 Prohibited 5 Moderate Pause
Stop Literally means blocking and suspending
Stop Technically means making a voiceless break at a Quranic word for a brief
moment during which the reader takes a breath with the intention of continuing
reading
1 Compulsory The Compulsory Stop is the stop by which the word and meaning give a complete
sense and this is called complete stop because the utterance is complete and is
separated from what follows It is indicated by (meem)
2 Permissible The Permissible Stop is the one at which stopping or continuing is permissible In this
type you can either continue or make a stop In this case either continuing or making
a stop is preferable
2 a Sufficient
The Sufficient Stop is the one in which continuing or stopping is permissible yet
making a stop is preferable It is called sufficient because it can stand by itself
independently of what follows because it is not connected with it in words Its
symbol is ( ل ) Qili
2 b Equality
The Equality Stop is the one in which continuing and stopping are equally relevant
Its symbol is ( ج ) (geem)
3619
ؼى لبا طبئغوجغر أئ طو
جغف ـ ل أز ث
11
2 c Good
The Good Stop is the one in which continuing and stopping are
permissible and yet continuing is desirable It is called a good stop
because it gives a preferable effect Its sign is ( ص ) (sili)
3618
ثى لبا إب رط١غص رزا غج ئ ى
3 Precautionary The Precautionary Stop (also called the convergence of stops)
It indicates the convergence of two near situations where it is possible to make a stop
In such case a stop is made at one of these two situations only
Al-Baqarah (22)
4 Prohibited
The Prohibited Stop is the stop made at an incomplete utterance which
does not give the required meaning because it is strongly connected with
what follows in terms of words and meaning This kind of stop is
prohibited Its symbol is ( ال ) (Laam - Alif)
12
Al-Marsquoidah (553)
5 Moderate Pause The Moderate pause is the breaking of the voice at a Quranic word for a
brief moment without taking a breath at two counts [nearly two seconds]
Its symbol is (s) ( ؽ ) (seen)
Al-Kahf (18-1)
13
Doubled meem amp Doubled noon
The doubled noon and meem are each doubled noon and each doubled
meem Originally a doubled letter is made of two letters the first is anon-
vowelled and the second is a vowel
Doubled meem( ( م
The doubled meem was originally two meems the first is a non-vowelled and the
second is a vowel The non-vowelled meem was assimilated in the vowel meem
and so the two became one doubled letter (harf mushaddad)
The rule of the doubled meem is pronunciation with compulsory
manifestation ie distinctly holding the ghunnah [nasal twang] for two counts
[nearly two seconds] The doubled meem is called the doubled letter of ghunnah
The non-vowelled meem is the meem void of vowel and it occurs before all the
letters of the alphabet except the three letters of lengthening (huruf al - madd) in
order to prevent the meeting of two non-vowelled letters
110 Al-Qaria
اػ٠ فأ ثمذ ب
اض١خ ف ػ١شخ ع ف
أ اػ٠ سفذ ب
٠خ فأ ب
14
Doubled noon ( ن )
The doubled noon is originally two noons the first is non-vowelled (noon) and
the second is vowelled the non-vowelled (saakinah) was assimilated into the vowelled
noon and both became one doubled letter
The rule of the doubled noon (noon mushaddadah) is pronunciation with
Compulsory manifestation ie distinctly holding the ghunnah [nasal twang] for two
counts [nearly two seconds] The doubled noon is called the doubled letter of ghunnah
(harf ghunnah mushaddad)
1 An-naas 111
د هللا اغ ـ د١ ث اغ
أػط ثغة ا بؽ ل
بؽ ه ا
ا بؽ إ
ش اؽ ا ؿ شغ ا بؽ
ؽ ف صضع ا ؿ بؽ اظ ٠
ج ا ا بؽ خ
2 Al-Alaq [96]
ـ ول إ -4 ١طغال ب
جؼ إ -6 إ عثه اغ
15
The Meem Saakinah Rules ( م )
Oral hiding (baa ب ( Merging (meem م )
Clear ( the rest 26(
The definition of the م meem sakinah It is a meem free from any vowel and
which has a fixed sukoon when continuing reading and when stopping
1 Oral hiding concealment When م meem Sakinah followed by baa ب mem must be hidden with ghunnah
that is Oral hiding ( the arabic term Ikhfaa shafawy) literally means concealment
Technically it means pronouncing a letter between manifestation and assimilation
without doubling (tashdeed) and while retaining the ghunnah [nasal twang]
1 Surat Al-Inshiqaaq ( 84- 24)
غ فج ؼظاة أ١ث ش
2 As-shams 91-14
ض فض ػ١ ث عث اب ظج ـ ف
3- Al-Alaq 96-14
٠ؼ ٠غث أ هللا أ
4- Al-Aadiat 100-11
عث ئظ شج١غ ث إ ٠
5- Al-Feel ( 105-4)
١ ث رغ ١ ؿج ذجبعح
16
2 Merging assimilation When م meem sakinah followed by meem م meem sakinah must be merged with
the next meem with ghunnah that is the merging ( the Arabic term Idghaam)
literally means placing something into another Technically it means assimilating a
non-vowelled letter into a vowel one whereby they become one doubled letter
1 Al-Qadr 97-4
عث غ ثئط أ و
2 Al-Humazah104-8
ب ػ١ ؤصضح إ
3 Clear Manifestation When meem Sakinah followed by the rest of Arabic letters ( 26) meem sakinah must
be clear and pronounced regularly (the Arabic term Ithhaar) Technically it means
pronouncing every letter at its point of articulation (makhrag) clearly without
ghunnah [nasal twang] in the apparent letter And to avoid concealing it as in the case
of the concealed baa because of the overlapping of its point of articulation with the
waaw and the proximity of its point of articulation with the faa ( ف )
Examples
1 Al-Buroogg 58-6 6666
ػ١ب لؼص إط
2 Al-Ghashiyah 88-6
ضغ٠غ ١ؾ إل طؼب 856
17
Exercise
Al-feel 105
حاب ال فيل م أل ف فعل ربك بأص تر كي
و١ض أ ف رض١ ٠جؼ
ػ١ أعؿ ط١غا أثبث١
١ ث رغ ١ ؿج ذجبعح
أوي فجؼ وؼصف
Non Vowel noon Noon Sakina Rules
5 Clear manifestation Ithhaar Rules 6 Merging assimilation Idghaam Rules 7 Concealment Ikhfaa Rules 8 changing Iqlaab Rules
حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر
Manifestation (Iz-haar)
ا خفاء Manifestation (Iz-haar) literally means explanation and clarification
Technically it means pronouncing every letter at its point of articulation
clearly without ghunnah [nasal twang] in the apparent letter
a a Guttural Manifestation
18
It is called guttural because its six letters emerge from the guttural (halq)
These letters are
hamzah ( ء ) haa ( ) ayn ( ع )
haa ( ح ) ghayn ( ؽ ) khaa ( ر )
b Absolute Manifestation
The Absolute Manifestation (Iz-haar mutlaq) Literally it means manifestation
and clarification
Technically it means articulating every letter at its point of articulation clearly
without ghunnah [nasal twang] in the apparent letter It is so called because it is
neither limited to the guttural nor to the labial letters Absolute Manifestation
occurs with a non-vowelled noon if it is followed either by a yaa or waaw in a
single word
This occurs in the Holy Quran in four places (al - dunya bunyan sinwan
qanwan) As for Yasin wal Quran Al hakim and Nun wal qalm wa ma yastrun the
rule is absolute manifestation even though it occurs in two words
Merging Assimilation Idghaam
Assimilation (Idghaam) literally means putting one thing into another Technically it
means inserting a non-vowelled letter into a vowelled one to become one doubled
(mushaddad) letter Assimilation is of two kinds
a a With ghunnah with a nasal twang
b b Without ghunnah without a nasal twang
Assimilation must involve two words The letters of the two types of assimilation are
six They are grouped in the phrase (yarmaluna)
19
ع ي
1 Merging with Nosal twang Idgham with Ghunnah
Assimilation with ghunnah [nasal twang] has four letters grouped in the phrase
The letters are the yaa noon meem and waaw If any of these letters (Yanmua) ٠و
occurs after the non-vowelled noon or the noon of nunnation (Tanween) provided that
this occurs in two words then the assimilation with ghunnaa must take place except in
two cases
a a Yaa sin wal Quran ilhakim ( ٠ؾ امغآ اذى١ )
b b b Nun wal qalam wa ma Yasturun ( ام ب ٠ـطغ )
The rule in these two cases is absolute manifestation (Iz-haar mutlaq)This is an
exception to the rule in observation of the reading by Hafs
Al-Humazah104 2 9
بال غ ص اظ ج ػض
صح ض ف ػ ض
Al-Masad11114
تب و تبت يدا أبي لهب
ل سد م ن م في جيدها حب
Al-Qiyamah75 3
أ ب ـ ت ال ـ أ٠ذ غ ػظب ج 4
ػ ثب أث لبصع٠ ـ
22
ئظ ج ٠ بضغح
20
36
ت ـ أ أ٠ذ ب ـ زغن ؿض٠ ال 37
٠ه طف خ أ ٠ 40
ر٠ أ١ؾ طه ثمبصع ػ أ ا ذ١
2 Merging without Nosal twang Idgham without Ghunnah
Assimilation without ghunnah [nasal twang] has two letters These are the raa and
the laam If any of them occurs after a non-vowelled noon or nunnation on condition that
this occurs in two words then assimilation without ghunnah must occur except in the
noon of man raq ( وؽعاق ) which is pronounced with a compulsory pause preventing
assimilation because of the stop singe
Al-Ikhlaas1124
٠ى ا أدض وف Al-Humazah1041 2 9
٠ ؼح ؼح ى
Al-Alaq967
آه استغنىر أن
Almulk6715
شور ر وكلوا من زقه وإليه الن
Az-Zariat5157
زق ر ما أريد منهم م ن
21
حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر
Concealment (Ikhfaa)
( السفبء )
Concealment (Ikhfaa) ( السفبء )
literally means covering
Technically it means pronouncing a letter with a quality between
manifestation and assimilation (idghaam) without doubling (shaddah)
while retaining the ghunnah [nasal twang]
It is also called real (haqiqi) because of the real concealment of the
two noons (that is the non-vowelled noon and the nunnation more
than in others
Concealment (Ikhfaa) has fifteen letters which are formed from the
initial letters of the words of the following line of poetry
صف را ثىا كن جاد شخص قذ سما دم طيثا زد في تقى ضع ظالما
ض ط ظ ش شص
د ر ز ت ث
ف ق ك ج
22
Examples
1 Sura Al-Falaq [1132-5]
ب سك غ ش
لت غ ش غبؿك إطا
ؼمض غ ش افبثبد ف ا
ض غ ش ـ دبؿض إطا د
2 Sura Al-Maun [1075]
ا ص ػ ظ٠ لر ؿب
3 Sura Quraish [106 4]
ع ج اظ أطؼ
4 Sura Al-Fil [1054]
ثذجبعح ١ ؿ رغ ١ ج
5 Sura Al-Qaria [1016]
ب اػ٠ مذ ث فأ
23
6 Sura Al-Qadr [971]
في ل يل ة الق ذر لى اي وس أ إوا
7 Sura Al-Alaq [96]
2 ـ ال سك ػك ب
5 ـ ال ػ ب ٠ؼ ب
و إ أعأ٠ذ 11 ضب ػ ا
ظة و إ أعأ٠ذ 13 ر
15 فؼب ثب ز ٠ ول ئ ـ بص١خ
سبطئخ بطثخ و خ بص١ 16
8 Sura An-Nabaa [78]
18 اجب ز ف ٠ ٠ أف ع فزأر ف اص
وأؿ 34 ببل ص ب
ظ أ إب 40 ػظاثب لغ٠جب عبو
ذ ٠ضا غ ظ ٠ ٠ ب لض غء ا
24
ىبفغ ٠ ٠مي ا رغاثب ذ و ب ١ز
8 Sura An-Naziat [79]
ه 12 ح و اإط لبا ر سبؿغح غ
ه إ 18 ؼور أ فم
بء ثبب ز أ أ 27 ـ ا مب أ أشض س
ب 37 غط فأ
43 وغاب ط ذ أ ف١
زب إ عثه 44 ب
ب 45 ٠ششببع ظ ذ أ ا
25
حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر
Turning (Iqlaab)
Turning (Iqlaab) literally means to turn the face of something
Technically it means replacing a letter with another while
maintaining ghunnah [nasal twang] and concealment (Ikhfaa)
It is so called because it changes the non-vowelled noon or
nunnation (Tanween) into a concealed meem with a ghunnah [nasal
twang]
Turning (Iqlaab) has only one letter which is the Baa ( ة )
Examples
1 Sura Al-Humaza [1044]
ج ١ ول خ ظ ذط ف ا
2 Sura Al-Baiyina [984]
ىزبة إال أرا ا ق اظ٠ ب رفغ ب جبءرؼض ث
3 Sura Al-Munafiqun [63 11]
هللا غسج١ ب ث رؼ
4
Reciting the Qur‟an melodiously
The Prophet (sallallaahu alaihi wa sallam) used to recite the Qurrsquoan in slow
measured rhythmic tones as Allah had instructed him not hurriedly but rather ldquohe
would recite a surah in such slow rhythmic tones that it would be longer than it
would seem possiblerdquo[6] He would stop at the end of each aayah[7] He
commanded people to recite in a beautiful voice in a pleasant melodious tone He
said ldquoBeautify the Qur‟an with your voices [for a fine voice increases the
Qur‟an in beauty]rdquo[8] and he said ldquoHe who does not recite the Qur‟an in a pleasant tone is not of usrdquo[9]
Unfortunately all to often we find people reciting the Qurrsquoan quickly and without
changing their tone and without any feeling We should put all our efforts into
reciting the Qurrsquoan with as much feeling as we can Have you ever prayed behind an
Imam who read with feeling Well the Prophet (sallallaahu alaihi wa sallam) said
ldquoTruly the one who has one of the finest voices among the people for
reciting the Qur‟an is the one whom you think fears Allah when you hear
him reciterdquo[10] And once when the Prophet (sallallaahu alaihi wa sallam)
complimented Abu Moosaa al-Ashrsquoari on the beauty of his recitation Abu Moosaa
said ldquoHad I known you were there I would have made my voice more pleasant and emotional for yourdquo[11]
Let us remember that the Qurrsquoan is the word of Allah In it we find exhortations
warnings glad-tidings parables stories of the past commands and prohibitions
Aayaat to make us think reflect cry fear hope love fall down in prostration How
can we recite all of this without feeling When we recite an aayah of Qurrsquoan we
should imagine that we are trying to feel and convey the full message behind that
aayah Perhaps some of us donrsquot feel confident I believe that this lack of confidence
comes partly from not knowing the rules of Tajweed correctly and so fearing that we
will make mistakes and partly from not understanding the meaning of what we are
reciting So let us work hard to remove these two obstacles by learning Tajweed and
working towards learning Arabic
Helpful Tips towards learning Tajweed
deg You must find a Qur‟an teacher who has studied Tajweed to listen to your
recitation and correct you Tajweed cannot merely be learnt from books because the
movements of your mouth as well as the sounds are important and only a teacher
can correct you and make sure you are applying the rules correctly Sometimes local
Mosques will run classes Qurrsquoan recitation is a science which was passed down
generation by generation through teachers not just books with a direct line to the
Prophet (sallallaahu alaihi wa sallam)
deg Find a book containing the rules of Tajweed and learn each rule little by little
applying it as you go along with the help of your teacher There are many concise
Arabic books and in English there are some books as well as tapes to help Look for books with some drawings showing you how to pronounce each letter
deg Listen to Qur‟an tapes of reciters who recite very clearly at a medium or slow
speed (like Sheikh Hudhaify or Sheikh Muhammad Hosary) and try and notice them
applying the different rules of Tajweed Repeat after them while trying to apply the
5
rules yoursquove learnt Try to copy their tone and melody as well and see how it changes as the meaning of what theyrsquore reciting changes
deg Tajweed website There is an excellent Tajweed website I came across in English
which details many aspects of Tajweed in a very clear way including a Question and
Answer section httpwwwabouttajweedcom
deg Tajweed Mus-haf You can get a new Mus-haf (copy of the Qurrsquoan) called Mus-
haf at-Tajweed which has the rules of Tajweed incorporated in the text of the Qurrsquoan
in colour coding This is very helpful as it prompts you as you go along There is also
a computer program you can buy with it which highlights Tajweed rules with recitation
deg Tajweed Poem If you know Arabic you could memorise Ibn al-Jazareersquos poem
which contains all the rules of Tajweed You can get the poem on tape sung as a nasheed in Arab countries You might find memorising the rules easy in this way
deg Try and apply the rules you learn to the Surahs you have already memorised
and donrsquot become lazy about reciting correctly You might have to revise the surahs by looking back at them
deg Practice and repetition will make perfect insha Allah As Ibn al-Jazaree says in his poem about acquiring Tajweed
bdquoAnd there is no obstacle between it (learning Tajweed) and leaving it Except that a person must exercise his mouth with it‟
May Allah help us all to give His Book its right when we recite it and make reciting it more beloved to our tongues than anything else Aameen
Much of the factual information for this article has been taken from the book
bdquoQawaa‟id at-Tajweed‟ by Dr bdquoAbdul Azeez Abdul Fattah al-Qaari‟ a teacher
of the Islamic University in Madinah Published by Maktabah Dar in Madinah
and from bdquoThe Prophet‟s (sallallaahu bdquoalaihi wa sallam) prayer described‟ by
Sheikh al-Albaani (rahimahullah)
[1] Ibn Al-Jazareersquos book lsquoAl-Muqaddimah feemaa lsquoala qaarirsquoihi an yursquoallimahursquo [2] An-Nashr of Ibn Al-Jazaree 2091 [3] Tirmidhi [4] Mentioned by Ibn al-Jazaree in lsquoAn-Nashrrsquo from At-Tabaraani in lsquoAl-Kabeerrsquo [5] In Ibn Taymiyyahs fataawa [6] Muslim amp Malik [7] Abu Daawood amp Sahmi (64-65) Haakim declared it Saheeh amp Dhahabi agreed [8] Bukhaari as tarsquoleeq Abu Daawood Darimi Haakim and Tammaam ar-Razi with 2 saheeh isnaads [9] Abu Daawood amp Haakim who declared it saheeh and Dhahabi agreed [10] A Saheeh hadeeth transmitted by Ibn al-Mubaarak in az-Zuhd (1621 from al-Kawaakib 575) Daarimi Ibn Nasr Tabaraani Abu Nursquoaim in Akhbaar Isbahaan and Diyaarsquo in al-Mukhtaarah
[11] Bukhaari amp Muslim
Comment on this article (1 Comments posted)
============
6
-------------------
httpwww-unixoitumassedu~asmdlAudio-lectureshtm
Please download the following software and then install it in your system in order to listen to the lectures You can click her to download Aiwaexezip
Recorded Tajweed Lessons
Lessons are given at Al Quracuteaan Wa Sunnah Islamic Site Of Learning
Join the Internet`s First and No1 Islamic Cyber Community at ALQURAN WA SUNNAH ISLAMIC VOICE CHAT SITE for LEARNING
1 Tajweed9-13)
2 Tajweed9-15)
3 Tajweed9-17)
4 Tajweed9-20) It is repaired and available
5 Tajweed9-22)
6 Tajweed9-24
7 Tajweed9-27
8 Tajweed9-29 AlAraaf(7) 200mdash
9 Tajweed10-01Al-anfaal(8)17-40
10 Tajweed10-05Al-Anfaal(8) 41-56
11 Tajweed10-11Alanfaal(8) 56--
Friday speeches
1 Islam is the religion of Mercy
2 Misconception about the testimony of faith Shahadah
3 Pilgrimage ―Al-Hajj
4 Welcome Ramadan
More recorded lectures for how to recite Quran and your prayers for beginners and also some lessons about Tawheed and science lead to Islam If you are interested Please link to Al-Quran
Wa Sunnah Voice Chat
If you have any question Please contact me at mailtoasmdlfoodsciuassedu Assem Abolmaaty Sayedahmed
September 16 2004
--------------
7
httpwww-unixoitumassedu~asmdlTajweedhtm httpabcsofarabictripodcomindividuallettershtm
Contents
Audio lectures Including Khutbah and Tajweed lessons
How to pronounce the Arabic letters The importance of Recitation Rules
Reading bismillah and Aoozobellah
Vibration Rules (Qalqalah) Types of stops
Noon and meem Mushadadah (doubled) Non Vowel Meem Meem Sakina Rules
Non Vowel noon Noon Sakina Rules
1 Clear manifestation Ithhaar Rules 2 Merging assimilation Idghaam Rules
3 Concealment Ikhfaa Rules 4 changing Iqlaab Rules
lengthening Rules Madd Rules
Non vowel Laam
Types of Hamzah
The importance of Recitation Rules
Allah (SWT) says in the Quran And read the Quran in slow measured rhythmic tone Verily
We have revealed an Arabic Quran Those people whom We have given the Book recite it the way it
should be recited They are the ones who believe in it (Quran 2121) It is obvious from above
mentioned verse that it is important to read Quran clearly and is compulsory Farz-i-Ain If only one
verse mentions this order it should be sufficient for that order to be true Reciting the Quran consists of
two parts Tarteel and Tajweed Tarteel means to read the Quran slowly and Tajweed deals with correct
pronunciation Tarteel and Tajweed consist of two parts Tajweed-ul-Huroof - that letter should be read
with correct pronunciation And the other Marifat-ul-Wuquf - that one should know where to break pause
or stop during recitation Without these two things recitation of Quran is not correct therefore it is
important to do these correctly Without completing these two a person is not a correct reader of Quran
and will not be given certificate of Tajweed Similarly many Hadeith prove it to be necessary to read
Quran correctly and the Quran was revealed with correct Tajweed The Prophet Muhammad also
read Quran with correct Tajweed and ordered others to do so He taught Sahaba (RDH - those companions
of prophet that met him in person) with correct Tajweed And since the time of Tabeen and Taba
Tabeen till today all the respected Qurras have read Quran with correct Tajweed and the Quran will be
read similarly until Qiyamat (Doomsday)
8
حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر
Qalqalah [Vibration]
Qalqalah [Vibration] literally means unrest Technically it means the vibration of the non-
vowelled sound letter until a strong trembling sound is heard whether the absence of vowel
(sukoon) is original or exposed (Aarid)
The Qalqalah Letters are five They are grouped together in the phrase
ق ط ب ج د ( قطة جذ )
(Qutb Jad) daal geem baa taa qaaf
It is required that the Qalqalah letters be with original or unoriginal sukoon (absence of a
vowel) as a result of making a pause at a qalqalah letter
The lesser degree The lesser degree of Qalqalah [ sughra] is when it occurs in the middle of a word
Example
100 Al-adiyat
د١ اغ د هللا اغ ـ ث
ؼبص٠بد ا ذبج ض
ع٠بد دبض ل فب
غ١غاد ذبج ص فب
ث ؼبم فأثغ
مؼب ث فأثغؿ ؼب ط ف ج ث
110 ndash An-nasr
فزخ ا إطا جبء صغ هللا عأ٠ذ ابؽ ض ٠ س هللا ف ص٠ اجب أف
9
The moderate degree
The moderate degree of Qalqalah [mutawasita] is when a stop is made on a letter which is not
doubled (without shaddah)
Example
112- Alikhlaas
د١ اغ د هللا اغ ـ ث
هللا ض أد ل
هللا ض اص
٠ض ض ٠
ا وف ٠ى ض أد
113- Al-Falaq
د١ اغ د هللا اغ ـ ث
أػط ثغة ف ل ك ا
ب شغ ك س
شغ غبؿك إطا ل ت
شغ افبثبد ف ؼم ض ا
ـ شغ دبؿض إطا د ض
The greater degree
The greater degree of Qalqalah [kubra] is when a stop is made on a doubled letter of qalqalah
Example the Qaaf in
15 ndash Yonus ( 85)
ب إال ذ ث١ ـبػخ ٢ر ك ثب ا إ ب ١خ األعض اد ب ـ ب سمب ا
فخ فبصفخ اص ١ ج ا
21- Al-Anbiaa (112)
ب رصف ػ زؼب ـ ذ لبي عة ادى ا ك ثب د عثب اغ
111- Al-Masad
ر رجذ ٠ضا أث ت ت
10
تسن هللا حين حمه الر الر
Types of Stops 1 Compulsory 2 Permissible 3 Precautionary
4 Prohibited 5 Moderate Pause
Stop Literally means blocking and suspending
Stop Technically means making a voiceless break at a Quranic word for a brief
moment during which the reader takes a breath with the intention of continuing
reading
1 Compulsory The Compulsory Stop is the stop by which the word and meaning give a complete
sense and this is called complete stop because the utterance is complete and is
separated from what follows It is indicated by (meem)
2 Permissible The Permissible Stop is the one at which stopping or continuing is permissible In this
type you can either continue or make a stop In this case either continuing or making
a stop is preferable
2 a Sufficient
The Sufficient Stop is the one in which continuing or stopping is permissible yet
making a stop is preferable It is called sufficient because it can stand by itself
independently of what follows because it is not connected with it in words Its
symbol is ( ل ) Qili
2 b Equality
The Equality Stop is the one in which continuing and stopping are equally relevant
Its symbol is ( ج ) (geem)
3619
ؼى لبا طبئغوجغر أئ طو
جغف ـ ل أز ث
11
2 c Good
The Good Stop is the one in which continuing and stopping are
permissible and yet continuing is desirable It is called a good stop
because it gives a preferable effect Its sign is ( ص ) (sili)
3618
ثى لبا إب رط١غص رزا غج ئ ى
3 Precautionary The Precautionary Stop (also called the convergence of stops)
It indicates the convergence of two near situations where it is possible to make a stop
In such case a stop is made at one of these two situations only
Al-Baqarah (22)
4 Prohibited
The Prohibited Stop is the stop made at an incomplete utterance which
does not give the required meaning because it is strongly connected with
what follows in terms of words and meaning This kind of stop is
prohibited Its symbol is ( ال ) (Laam - Alif)
12
Al-Marsquoidah (553)
5 Moderate Pause The Moderate pause is the breaking of the voice at a Quranic word for a
brief moment without taking a breath at two counts [nearly two seconds]
Its symbol is (s) ( ؽ ) (seen)
Al-Kahf (18-1)
13
Doubled meem amp Doubled noon
The doubled noon and meem are each doubled noon and each doubled
meem Originally a doubled letter is made of two letters the first is anon-
vowelled and the second is a vowel
Doubled meem( ( م
The doubled meem was originally two meems the first is a non-vowelled and the
second is a vowel The non-vowelled meem was assimilated in the vowel meem
and so the two became one doubled letter (harf mushaddad)
The rule of the doubled meem is pronunciation with compulsory
manifestation ie distinctly holding the ghunnah [nasal twang] for two counts
[nearly two seconds] The doubled meem is called the doubled letter of ghunnah
The non-vowelled meem is the meem void of vowel and it occurs before all the
letters of the alphabet except the three letters of lengthening (huruf al - madd) in
order to prevent the meeting of two non-vowelled letters
110 Al-Qaria
اػ٠ فأ ثمذ ب
اض١خ ف ػ١شخ ع ف
أ اػ٠ سفذ ب
٠خ فأ ب
14
Doubled noon ( ن )
The doubled noon is originally two noons the first is non-vowelled (noon) and
the second is vowelled the non-vowelled (saakinah) was assimilated into the vowelled
noon and both became one doubled letter
The rule of the doubled noon (noon mushaddadah) is pronunciation with
Compulsory manifestation ie distinctly holding the ghunnah [nasal twang] for two
counts [nearly two seconds] The doubled noon is called the doubled letter of ghunnah
(harf ghunnah mushaddad)
1 An-naas 111
د هللا اغ ـ د١ ث اغ
أػط ثغة ا بؽ ل
بؽ ه ا
ا بؽ إ
ش اؽ ا ؿ شغ ا بؽ
ؽ ف صضع ا ؿ بؽ اظ ٠
ج ا ا بؽ خ
2 Al-Alaq [96]
ـ ول إ -4 ١طغال ب
جؼ إ -6 إ عثه اغ
15
The Meem Saakinah Rules ( م )
Oral hiding (baa ب ( Merging (meem م )
Clear ( the rest 26(
The definition of the م meem sakinah It is a meem free from any vowel and
which has a fixed sukoon when continuing reading and when stopping
1 Oral hiding concealment When م meem Sakinah followed by baa ب mem must be hidden with ghunnah
that is Oral hiding ( the arabic term Ikhfaa shafawy) literally means concealment
Technically it means pronouncing a letter between manifestation and assimilation
without doubling (tashdeed) and while retaining the ghunnah [nasal twang]
1 Surat Al-Inshiqaaq ( 84- 24)
غ فج ؼظاة أ١ث ش
2 As-shams 91-14
ض فض ػ١ ث عث اب ظج ـ ف
3- Al-Alaq 96-14
٠ؼ ٠غث أ هللا أ
4- Al-Aadiat 100-11
عث ئظ شج١غ ث إ ٠
5- Al-Feel ( 105-4)
١ ث رغ ١ ؿج ذجبعح
16
2 Merging assimilation When م meem sakinah followed by meem م meem sakinah must be merged with
the next meem with ghunnah that is the merging ( the Arabic term Idghaam)
literally means placing something into another Technically it means assimilating a
non-vowelled letter into a vowel one whereby they become one doubled letter
1 Al-Qadr 97-4
عث غ ثئط أ و
2 Al-Humazah104-8
ب ػ١ ؤصضح إ
3 Clear Manifestation When meem Sakinah followed by the rest of Arabic letters ( 26) meem sakinah must
be clear and pronounced regularly (the Arabic term Ithhaar) Technically it means
pronouncing every letter at its point of articulation (makhrag) clearly without
ghunnah [nasal twang] in the apparent letter And to avoid concealing it as in the case
of the concealed baa because of the overlapping of its point of articulation with the
waaw and the proximity of its point of articulation with the faa ( ف )
Examples
1 Al-Buroogg 58-6 6666
ػ١ب لؼص إط
2 Al-Ghashiyah 88-6
ضغ٠غ ١ؾ إل طؼب 856
17
Exercise
Al-feel 105
حاب ال فيل م أل ف فعل ربك بأص تر كي
و١ض أ ف رض١ ٠جؼ
ػ١ أعؿ ط١غا أثبث١
١ ث رغ ١ ؿج ذجبعح
أوي فجؼ وؼصف
Non Vowel noon Noon Sakina Rules
5 Clear manifestation Ithhaar Rules 6 Merging assimilation Idghaam Rules 7 Concealment Ikhfaa Rules 8 changing Iqlaab Rules
حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر
Manifestation (Iz-haar)
ا خفاء Manifestation (Iz-haar) literally means explanation and clarification
Technically it means pronouncing every letter at its point of articulation
clearly without ghunnah [nasal twang] in the apparent letter
a a Guttural Manifestation
18
It is called guttural because its six letters emerge from the guttural (halq)
These letters are
hamzah ( ء ) haa ( ) ayn ( ع )
haa ( ح ) ghayn ( ؽ ) khaa ( ر )
b Absolute Manifestation
The Absolute Manifestation (Iz-haar mutlaq) Literally it means manifestation
and clarification
Technically it means articulating every letter at its point of articulation clearly
without ghunnah [nasal twang] in the apparent letter It is so called because it is
neither limited to the guttural nor to the labial letters Absolute Manifestation
occurs with a non-vowelled noon if it is followed either by a yaa or waaw in a
single word
This occurs in the Holy Quran in four places (al - dunya bunyan sinwan
qanwan) As for Yasin wal Quran Al hakim and Nun wal qalm wa ma yastrun the
rule is absolute manifestation even though it occurs in two words
Merging Assimilation Idghaam
Assimilation (Idghaam) literally means putting one thing into another Technically it
means inserting a non-vowelled letter into a vowelled one to become one doubled
(mushaddad) letter Assimilation is of two kinds
a a With ghunnah with a nasal twang
b b Without ghunnah without a nasal twang
Assimilation must involve two words The letters of the two types of assimilation are
six They are grouped in the phrase (yarmaluna)
19
ع ي
1 Merging with Nosal twang Idgham with Ghunnah
Assimilation with ghunnah [nasal twang] has four letters grouped in the phrase
The letters are the yaa noon meem and waaw If any of these letters (Yanmua) ٠و
occurs after the non-vowelled noon or the noon of nunnation (Tanween) provided that
this occurs in two words then the assimilation with ghunnaa must take place except in
two cases
a a Yaa sin wal Quran ilhakim ( ٠ؾ امغآ اذى١ )
b b b Nun wal qalam wa ma Yasturun ( ام ب ٠ـطغ )
The rule in these two cases is absolute manifestation (Iz-haar mutlaq)This is an
exception to the rule in observation of the reading by Hafs
Al-Humazah104 2 9
بال غ ص اظ ج ػض
صح ض ف ػ ض
Al-Masad11114
تب و تبت يدا أبي لهب
ل سد م ن م في جيدها حب
Al-Qiyamah75 3
أ ب ـ ت ال ـ أ٠ذ غ ػظب ج 4
ػ ثب أث لبصع٠ ـ
22
ئظ ج ٠ بضغح
20
36
ت ـ أ أ٠ذ ب ـ زغن ؿض٠ ال 37
٠ه طف خ أ ٠ 40
ر٠ أ١ؾ طه ثمبصع ػ أ ا ذ١
2 Merging without Nosal twang Idgham without Ghunnah
Assimilation without ghunnah [nasal twang] has two letters These are the raa and
the laam If any of them occurs after a non-vowelled noon or nunnation on condition that
this occurs in two words then assimilation without ghunnah must occur except in the
noon of man raq ( وؽعاق ) which is pronounced with a compulsory pause preventing
assimilation because of the stop singe
Al-Ikhlaas1124
٠ى ا أدض وف Al-Humazah1041 2 9
٠ ؼح ؼح ى
Al-Alaq967
آه استغنىر أن
Almulk6715
شور ر وكلوا من زقه وإليه الن
Az-Zariat5157
زق ر ما أريد منهم م ن
21
حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر
Concealment (Ikhfaa)
( السفبء )
Concealment (Ikhfaa) ( السفبء )
literally means covering
Technically it means pronouncing a letter with a quality between
manifestation and assimilation (idghaam) without doubling (shaddah)
while retaining the ghunnah [nasal twang]
It is also called real (haqiqi) because of the real concealment of the
two noons (that is the non-vowelled noon and the nunnation more
than in others
Concealment (Ikhfaa) has fifteen letters which are formed from the
initial letters of the words of the following line of poetry
صف را ثىا كن جاد شخص قذ سما دم طيثا زد في تقى ضع ظالما
ض ط ظ ش شص
د ر ز ت ث
ف ق ك ج
22
Examples
1 Sura Al-Falaq [1132-5]
ب سك غ ش
لت غ ش غبؿك إطا
ؼمض غ ش افبثبد ف ا
ض غ ش ـ دبؿض إطا د
2 Sura Al-Maun [1075]
ا ص ػ ظ٠ لر ؿب
3 Sura Quraish [106 4]
ع ج اظ أطؼ
4 Sura Al-Fil [1054]
ثذجبعح ١ ؿ رغ ١ ج
5 Sura Al-Qaria [1016]
ب اػ٠ مذ ث فأ
23
6 Sura Al-Qadr [971]
في ل يل ة الق ذر لى اي وس أ إوا
7 Sura Al-Alaq [96]
2 ـ ال سك ػك ب
5 ـ ال ػ ب ٠ؼ ب
و إ أعأ٠ذ 11 ضب ػ ا
ظة و إ أعأ٠ذ 13 ر
15 فؼب ثب ز ٠ ول ئ ـ بص١خ
سبطئخ بطثخ و خ بص١ 16
8 Sura An-Nabaa [78]
18 اجب ز ف ٠ ٠ أف ع فزأر ف اص
وأؿ 34 ببل ص ب
ظ أ إب 40 ػظاثب لغ٠جب عبو
ذ ٠ضا غ ظ ٠ ٠ ب لض غء ا
24
ىبفغ ٠ ٠مي ا رغاثب ذ و ب ١ز
8 Sura An-Naziat [79]
ه 12 ح و اإط لبا ر سبؿغح غ
ه إ 18 ؼور أ فم
بء ثبب ز أ أ 27 ـ ا مب أ أشض س
ب 37 غط فأ
43 وغاب ط ذ أ ف١
زب إ عثه 44 ب
ب 45 ٠ششببع ظ ذ أ ا
25
حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر
Turning (Iqlaab)
Turning (Iqlaab) literally means to turn the face of something
Technically it means replacing a letter with another while
maintaining ghunnah [nasal twang] and concealment (Ikhfaa)
It is so called because it changes the non-vowelled noon or
nunnation (Tanween) into a concealed meem with a ghunnah [nasal
twang]
Turning (Iqlaab) has only one letter which is the Baa ( ة )
Examples
1 Sura Al-Humaza [1044]
ج ١ ول خ ظ ذط ف ا
2 Sura Al-Baiyina [984]
ىزبة إال أرا ا ق اظ٠ ب رفغ ب جبءرؼض ث
3 Sura Al-Munafiqun [63 11]
هللا غسج١ ب ث رؼ
5
rules yoursquove learnt Try to copy their tone and melody as well and see how it changes as the meaning of what theyrsquore reciting changes
deg Tajweed website There is an excellent Tajweed website I came across in English
which details many aspects of Tajweed in a very clear way including a Question and
Answer section httpwwwabouttajweedcom
deg Tajweed Mus-haf You can get a new Mus-haf (copy of the Qurrsquoan) called Mus-
haf at-Tajweed which has the rules of Tajweed incorporated in the text of the Qurrsquoan
in colour coding This is very helpful as it prompts you as you go along There is also
a computer program you can buy with it which highlights Tajweed rules with recitation
deg Tajweed Poem If you know Arabic you could memorise Ibn al-Jazareersquos poem
which contains all the rules of Tajweed You can get the poem on tape sung as a nasheed in Arab countries You might find memorising the rules easy in this way
deg Try and apply the rules you learn to the Surahs you have already memorised
and donrsquot become lazy about reciting correctly You might have to revise the surahs by looking back at them
deg Practice and repetition will make perfect insha Allah As Ibn al-Jazaree says in his poem about acquiring Tajweed
bdquoAnd there is no obstacle between it (learning Tajweed) and leaving it Except that a person must exercise his mouth with it‟
May Allah help us all to give His Book its right when we recite it and make reciting it more beloved to our tongues than anything else Aameen
Much of the factual information for this article has been taken from the book
bdquoQawaa‟id at-Tajweed‟ by Dr bdquoAbdul Azeez Abdul Fattah al-Qaari‟ a teacher
of the Islamic University in Madinah Published by Maktabah Dar in Madinah
and from bdquoThe Prophet‟s (sallallaahu bdquoalaihi wa sallam) prayer described‟ by
Sheikh al-Albaani (rahimahullah)
[1] Ibn Al-Jazareersquos book lsquoAl-Muqaddimah feemaa lsquoala qaarirsquoihi an yursquoallimahursquo [2] An-Nashr of Ibn Al-Jazaree 2091 [3] Tirmidhi [4] Mentioned by Ibn al-Jazaree in lsquoAn-Nashrrsquo from At-Tabaraani in lsquoAl-Kabeerrsquo [5] In Ibn Taymiyyahs fataawa [6] Muslim amp Malik [7] Abu Daawood amp Sahmi (64-65) Haakim declared it Saheeh amp Dhahabi agreed [8] Bukhaari as tarsquoleeq Abu Daawood Darimi Haakim and Tammaam ar-Razi with 2 saheeh isnaads [9] Abu Daawood amp Haakim who declared it saheeh and Dhahabi agreed [10] A Saheeh hadeeth transmitted by Ibn al-Mubaarak in az-Zuhd (1621 from al-Kawaakib 575) Daarimi Ibn Nasr Tabaraani Abu Nursquoaim in Akhbaar Isbahaan and Diyaarsquo in al-Mukhtaarah
[11] Bukhaari amp Muslim
Comment on this article (1 Comments posted)
============
6
-------------------
httpwww-unixoitumassedu~asmdlAudio-lectureshtm
Please download the following software and then install it in your system in order to listen to the lectures You can click her to download Aiwaexezip
Recorded Tajweed Lessons
Lessons are given at Al Quracuteaan Wa Sunnah Islamic Site Of Learning
Join the Internet`s First and No1 Islamic Cyber Community at ALQURAN WA SUNNAH ISLAMIC VOICE CHAT SITE for LEARNING
1 Tajweed9-13)
2 Tajweed9-15)
3 Tajweed9-17)
4 Tajweed9-20) It is repaired and available
5 Tajweed9-22)
6 Tajweed9-24
7 Tajweed9-27
8 Tajweed9-29 AlAraaf(7) 200mdash
9 Tajweed10-01Al-anfaal(8)17-40
10 Tajweed10-05Al-Anfaal(8) 41-56
11 Tajweed10-11Alanfaal(8) 56--
Friday speeches
1 Islam is the religion of Mercy
2 Misconception about the testimony of faith Shahadah
3 Pilgrimage ―Al-Hajj
4 Welcome Ramadan
More recorded lectures for how to recite Quran and your prayers for beginners and also some lessons about Tawheed and science lead to Islam If you are interested Please link to Al-Quran
Wa Sunnah Voice Chat
If you have any question Please contact me at mailtoasmdlfoodsciuassedu Assem Abolmaaty Sayedahmed
September 16 2004
--------------
7
httpwww-unixoitumassedu~asmdlTajweedhtm httpabcsofarabictripodcomindividuallettershtm
Contents
Audio lectures Including Khutbah and Tajweed lessons
How to pronounce the Arabic letters The importance of Recitation Rules
Reading bismillah and Aoozobellah
Vibration Rules (Qalqalah) Types of stops
Noon and meem Mushadadah (doubled) Non Vowel Meem Meem Sakina Rules
Non Vowel noon Noon Sakina Rules
1 Clear manifestation Ithhaar Rules 2 Merging assimilation Idghaam Rules
3 Concealment Ikhfaa Rules 4 changing Iqlaab Rules
lengthening Rules Madd Rules
Non vowel Laam
Types of Hamzah
The importance of Recitation Rules
Allah (SWT) says in the Quran And read the Quran in slow measured rhythmic tone Verily
We have revealed an Arabic Quran Those people whom We have given the Book recite it the way it
should be recited They are the ones who believe in it (Quran 2121) It is obvious from above
mentioned verse that it is important to read Quran clearly and is compulsory Farz-i-Ain If only one
verse mentions this order it should be sufficient for that order to be true Reciting the Quran consists of
two parts Tarteel and Tajweed Tarteel means to read the Quran slowly and Tajweed deals with correct
pronunciation Tarteel and Tajweed consist of two parts Tajweed-ul-Huroof - that letter should be read
with correct pronunciation And the other Marifat-ul-Wuquf - that one should know where to break pause
or stop during recitation Without these two things recitation of Quran is not correct therefore it is
important to do these correctly Without completing these two a person is not a correct reader of Quran
and will not be given certificate of Tajweed Similarly many Hadeith prove it to be necessary to read
Quran correctly and the Quran was revealed with correct Tajweed The Prophet Muhammad also
read Quran with correct Tajweed and ordered others to do so He taught Sahaba (RDH - those companions
of prophet that met him in person) with correct Tajweed And since the time of Tabeen and Taba
Tabeen till today all the respected Qurras have read Quran with correct Tajweed and the Quran will be
read similarly until Qiyamat (Doomsday)
8
حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر
Qalqalah [Vibration]
Qalqalah [Vibration] literally means unrest Technically it means the vibration of the non-
vowelled sound letter until a strong trembling sound is heard whether the absence of vowel
(sukoon) is original or exposed (Aarid)
The Qalqalah Letters are five They are grouped together in the phrase
ق ط ب ج د ( قطة جذ )
(Qutb Jad) daal geem baa taa qaaf
It is required that the Qalqalah letters be with original or unoriginal sukoon (absence of a
vowel) as a result of making a pause at a qalqalah letter
The lesser degree The lesser degree of Qalqalah [ sughra] is when it occurs in the middle of a word
Example
100 Al-adiyat
د١ اغ د هللا اغ ـ ث
ؼبص٠بد ا ذبج ض
ع٠بد دبض ل فب
غ١غاد ذبج ص فب
ث ؼبم فأثغ
مؼب ث فأثغؿ ؼب ط ف ج ث
110 ndash An-nasr
فزخ ا إطا جبء صغ هللا عأ٠ذ ابؽ ض ٠ س هللا ف ص٠ اجب أف
9
The moderate degree
The moderate degree of Qalqalah [mutawasita] is when a stop is made on a letter which is not
doubled (without shaddah)
Example
112- Alikhlaas
د١ اغ د هللا اغ ـ ث
هللا ض أد ل
هللا ض اص
٠ض ض ٠
ا وف ٠ى ض أد
113- Al-Falaq
د١ اغ د هللا اغ ـ ث
أػط ثغة ف ل ك ا
ب شغ ك س
شغ غبؿك إطا ل ت
شغ افبثبد ف ؼم ض ا
ـ شغ دبؿض إطا د ض
The greater degree
The greater degree of Qalqalah [kubra] is when a stop is made on a doubled letter of qalqalah
Example the Qaaf in
15 ndash Yonus ( 85)
ب إال ذ ث١ ـبػخ ٢ر ك ثب ا إ ب ١خ األعض اد ب ـ ب سمب ا
فخ فبصفخ اص ١ ج ا
21- Al-Anbiaa (112)
ب رصف ػ زؼب ـ ذ لبي عة ادى ا ك ثب د عثب اغ
111- Al-Masad
ر رجذ ٠ضا أث ت ت
10
تسن هللا حين حمه الر الر
Types of Stops 1 Compulsory 2 Permissible 3 Precautionary
4 Prohibited 5 Moderate Pause
Stop Literally means blocking and suspending
Stop Technically means making a voiceless break at a Quranic word for a brief
moment during which the reader takes a breath with the intention of continuing
reading
1 Compulsory The Compulsory Stop is the stop by which the word and meaning give a complete
sense and this is called complete stop because the utterance is complete and is
separated from what follows It is indicated by (meem)
2 Permissible The Permissible Stop is the one at which stopping or continuing is permissible In this
type you can either continue or make a stop In this case either continuing or making
a stop is preferable
2 a Sufficient
The Sufficient Stop is the one in which continuing or stopping is permissible yet
making a stop is preferable It is called sufficient because it can stand by itself
independently of what follows because it is not connected with it in words Its
symbol is ( ل ) Qili
2 b Equality
The Equality Stop is the one in which continuing and stopping are equally relevant
Its symbol is ( ج ) (geem)
3619
ؼى لبا طبئغوجغر أئ طو
جغف ـ ل أز ث
11
2 c Good
The Good Stop is the one in which continuing and stopping are
permissible and yet continuing is desirable It is called a good stop
because it gives a preferable effect Its sign is ( ص ) (sili)
3618
ثى لبا إب رط١غص رزا غج ئ ى
3 Precautionary The Precautionary Stop (also called the convergence of stops)
It indicates the convergence of two near situations where it is possible to make a stop
In such case a stop is made at one of these two situations only
Al-Baqarah (22)
4 Prohibited
The Prohibited Stop is the stop made at an incomplete utterance which
does not give the required meaning because it is strongly connected with
what follows in terms of words and meaning This kind of stop is
prohibited Its symbol is ( ال ) (Laam - Alif)
12
Al-Marsquoidah (553)
5 Moderate Pause The Moderate pause is the breaking of the voice at a Quranic word for a
brief moment without taking a breath at two counts [nearly two seconds]
Its symbol is (s) ( ؽ ) (seen)
Al-Kahf (18-1)
13
Doubled meem amp Doubled noon
The doubled noon and meem are each doubled noon and each doubled
meem Originally a doubled letter is made of two letters the first is anon-
vowelled and the second is a vowel
Doubled meem( ( م
The doubled meem was originally two meems the first is a non-vowelled and the
second is a vowel The non-vowelled meem was assimilated in the vowel meem
and so the two became one doubled letter (harf mushaddad)
The rule of the doubled meem is pronunciation with compulsory
manifestation ie distinctly holding the ghunnah [nasal twang] for two counts
[nearly two seconds] The doubled meem is called the doubled letter of ghunnah
The non-vowelled meem is the meem void of vowel and it occurs before all the
letters of the alphabet except the three letters of lengthening (huruf al - madd) in
order to prevent the meeting of two non-vowelled letters
110 Al-Qaria
اػ٠ فأ ثمذ ب
اض١خ ف ػ١شخ ع ف
أ اػ٠ سفذ ب
٠خ فأ ب
14
Doubled noon ( ن )
The doubled noon is originally two noons the first is non-vowelled (noon) and
the second is vowelled the non-vowelled (saakinah) was assimilated into the vowelled
noon and both became one doubled letter
The rule of the doubled noon (noon mushaddadah) is pronunciation with
Compulsory manifestation ie distinctly holding the ghunnah [nasal twang] for two
counts [nearly two seconds] The doubled noon is called the doubled letter of ghunnah
(harf ghunnah mushaddad)
1 An-naas 111
د هللا اغ ـ د١ ث اغ
أػط ثغة ا بؽ ل
بؽ ه ا
ا بؽ إ
ش اؽ ا ؿ شغ ا بؽ
ؽ ف صضع ا ؿ بؽ اظ ٠
ج ا ا بؽ خ
2 Al-Alaq [96]
ـ ول إ -4 ١طغال ب
جؼ إ -6 إ عثه اغ
15
The Meem Saakinah Rules ( م )
Oral hiding (baa ب ( Merging (meem م )
Clear ( the rest 26(
The definition of the م meem sakinah It is a meem free from any vowel and
which has a fixed sukoon when continuing reading and when stopping
1 Oral hiding concealment When م meem Sakinah followed by baa ب mem must be hidden with ghunnah
that is Oral hiding ( the arabic term Ikhfaa shafawy) literally means concealment
Technically it means pronouncing a letter between manifestation and assimilation
without doubling (tashdeed) and while retaining the ghunnah [nasal twang]
1 Surat Al-Inshiqaaq ( 84- 24)
غ فج ؼظاة أ١ث ش
2 As-shams 91-14
ض فض ػ١ ث عث اب ظج ـ ف
3- Al-Alaq 96-14
٠ؼ ٠غث أ هللا أ
4- Al-Aadiat 100-11
عث ئظ شج١غ ث إ ٠
5- Al-Feel ( 105-4)
١ ث رغ ١ ؿج ذجبعح
16
2 Merging assimilation When م meem sakinah followed by meem م meem sakinah must be merged with
the next meem with ghunnah that is the merging ( the Arabic term Idghaam)
literally means placing something into another Technically it means assimilating a
non-vowelled letter into a vowel one whereby they become one doubled letter
1 Al-Qadr 97-4
عث غ ثئط أ و
2 Al-Humazah104-8
ب ػ١ ؤصضح إ
3 Clear Manifestation When meem Sakinah followed by the rest of Arabic letters ( 26) meem sakinah must
be clear and pronounced regularly (the Arabic term Ithhaar) Technically it means
pronouncing every letter at its point of articulation (makhrag) clearly without
ghunnah [nasal twang] in the apparent letter And to avoid concealing it as in the case
of the concealed baa because of the overlapping of its point of articulation with the
waaw and the proximity of its point of articulation with the faa ( ف )
Examples
1 Al-Buroogg 58-6 6666
ػ١ب لؼص إط
2 Al-Ghashiyah 88-6
ضغ٠غ ١ؾ إل طؼب 856
17
Exercise
Al-feel 105
حاب ال فيل م أل ف فعل ربك بأص تر كي
و١ض أ ف رض١ ٠جؼ
ػ١ أعؿ ط١غا أثبث١
١ ث رغ ١ ؿج ذجبعح
أوي فجؼ وؼصف
Non Vowel noon Noon Sakina Rules
5 Clear manifestation Ithhaar Rules 6 Merging assimilation Idghaam Rules 7 Concealment Ikhfaa Rules 8 changing Iqlaab Rules
حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر
Manifestation (Iz-haar)
ا خفاء Manifestation (Iz-haar) literally means explanation and clarification
Technically it means pronouncing every letter at its point of articulation
clearly without ghunnah [nasal twang] in the apparent letter
a a Guttural Manifestation
18
It is called guttural because its six letters emerge from the guttural (halq)
These letters are
hamzah ( ء ) haa ( ) ayn ( ع )
haa ( ح ) ghayn ( ؽ ) khaa ( ر )
b Absolute Manifestation
The Absolute Manifestation (Iz-haar mutlaq) Literally it means manifestation
and clarification
Technically it means articulating every letter at its point of articulation clearly
without ghunnah [nasal twang] in the apparent letter It is so called because it is
neither limited to the guttural nor to the labial letters Absolute Manifestation
occurs with a non-vowelled noon if it is followed either by a yaa or waaw in a
single word
This occurs in the Holy Quran in four places (al - dunya bunyan sinwan
qanwan) As for Yasin wal Quran Al hakim and Nun wal qalm wa ma yastrun the
rule is absolute manifestation even though it occurs in two words
Merging Assimilation Idghaam
Assimilation (Idghaam) literally means putting one thing into another Technically it
means inserting a non-vowelled letter into a vowelled one to become one doubled
(mushaddad) letter Assimilation is of two kinds
a a With ghunnah with a nasal twang
b b Without ghunnah without a nasal twang
Assimilation must involve two words The letters of the two types of assimilation are
six They are grouped in the phrase (yarmaluna)
19
ع ي
1 Merging with Nosal twang Idgham with Ghunnah
Assimilation with ghunnah [nasal twang] has four letters grouped in the phrase
The letters are the yaa noon meem and waaw If any of these letters (Yanmua) ٠و
occurs after the non-vowelled noon or the noon of nunnation (Tanween) provided that
this occurs in two words then the assimilation with ghunnaa must take place except in
two cases
a a Yaa sin wal Quran ilhakim ( ٠ؾ امغآ اذى١ )
b b b Nun wal qalam wa ma Yasturun ( ام ب ٠ـطغ )
The rule in these two cases is absolute manifestation (Iz-haar mutlaq)This is an
exception to the rule in observation of the reading by Hafs
Al-Humazah104 2 9
بال غ ص اظ ج ػض
صح ض ف ػ ض
Al-Masad11114
تب و تبت يدا أبي لهب
ل سد م ن م في جيدها حب
Al-Qiyamah75 3
أ ب ـ ت ال ـ أ٠ذ غ ػظب ج 4
ػ ثب أث لبصع٠ ـ
22
ئظ ج ٠ بضغح
20
36
ت ـ أ أ٠ذ ب ـ زغن ؿض٠ ال 37
٠ه طف خ أ ٠ 40
ر٠ أ١ؾ طه ثمبصع ػ أ ا ذ١
2 Merging without Nosal twang Idgham without Ghunnah
Assimilation without ghunnah [nasal twang] has two letters These are the raa and
the laam If any of them occurs after a non-vowelled noon or nunnation on condition that
this occurs in two words then assimilation without ghunnah must occur except in the
noon of man raq ( وؽعاق ) which is pronounced with a compulsory pause preventing
assimilation because of the stop singe
Al-Ikhlaas1124
٠ى ا أدض وف Al-Humazah1041 2 9
٠ ؼح ؼح ى
Al-Alaq967
آه استغنىر أن
Almulk6715
شور ر وكلوا من زقه وإليه الن
Az-Zariat5157
زق ر ما أريد منهم م ن
21
حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر
Concealment (Ikhfaa)
( السفبء )
Concealment (Ikhfaa) ( السفبء )
literally means covering
Technically it means pronouncing a letter with a quality between
manifestation and assimilation (idghaam) without doubling (shaddah)
while retaining the ghunnah [nasal twang]
It is also called real (haqiqi) because of the real concealment of the
two noons (that is the non-vowelled noon and the nunnation more
than in others
Concealment (Ikhfaa) has fifteen letters which are formed from the
initial letters of the words of the following line of poetry
صف را ثىا كن جاد شخص قذ سما دم طيثا زد في تقى ضع ظالما
ض ط ظ ش شص
د ر ز ت ث
ف ق ك ج
22
Examples
1 Sura Al-Falaq [1132-5]
ب سك غ ش
لت غ ش غبؿك إطا
ؼمض غ ش افبثبد ف ا
ض غ ش ـ دبؿض إطا د
2 Sura Al-Maun [1075]
ا ص ػ ظ٠ لر ؿب
3 Sura Quraish [106 4]
ع ج اظ أطؼ
4 Sura Al-Fil [1054]
ثذجبعح ١ ؿ رغ ١ ج
5 Sura Al-Qaria [1016]
ب اػ٠ مذ ث فأ
23
6 Sura Al-Qadr [971]
في ل يل ة الق ذر لى اي وس أ إوا
7 Sura Al-Alaq [96]
2 ـ ال سك ػك ب
5 ـ ال ػ ب ٠ؼ ب
و إ أعأ٠ذ 11 ضب ػ ا
ظة و إ أعأ٠ذ 13 ر
15 فؼب ثب ز ٠ ول ئ ـ بص١خ
سبطئخ بطثخ و خ بص١ 16
8 Sura An-Nabaa [78]
18 اجب ز ف ٠ ٠ أف ع فزأر ف اص
وأؿ 34 ببل ص ب
ظ أ إب 40 ػظاثب لغ٠جب عبو
ذ ٠ضا غ ظ ٠ ٠ ب لض غء ا
24
ىبفغ ٠ ٠مي ا رغاثب ذ و ب ١ز
8 Sura An-Naziat [79]
ه 12 ح و اإط لبا ر سبؿغح غ
ه إ 18 ؼور أ فم
بء ثبب ز أ أ 27 ـ ا مب أ أشض س
ب 37 غط فأ
43 وغاب ط ذ أ ف١
زب إ عثه 44 ب
ب 45 ٠ششببع ظ ذ أ ا
25
حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر
Turning (Iqlaab)
Turning (Iqlaab) literally means to turn the face of something
Technically it means replacing a letter with another while
maintaining ghunnah [nasal twang] and concealment (Ikhfaa)
It is so called because it changes the non-vowelled noon or
nunnation (Tanween) into a concealed meem with a ghunnah [nasal
twang]
Turning (Iqlaab) has only one letter which is the Baa ( ة )
Examples
1 Sura Al-Humaza [1044]
ج ١ ول خ ظ ذط ف ا
2 Sura Al-Baiyina [984]
ىزبة إال أرا ا ق اظ٠ ب رفغ ب جبءرؼض ث
3 Sura Al-Munafiqun [63 11]
هللا غسج١ ب ث رؼ
6
-------------------
httpwww-unixoitumassedu~asmdlAudio-lectureshtm
Please download the following software and then install it in your system in order to listen to the lectures You can click her to download Aiwaexezip
Recorded Tajweed Lessons
Lessons are given at Al Quracuteaan Wa Sunnah Islamic Site Of Learning
Join the Internet`s First and No1 Islamic Cyber Community at ALQURAN WA SUNNAH ISLAMIC VOICE CHAT SITE for LEARNING
1 Tajweed9-13)
2 Tajweed9-15)
3 Tajweed9-17)
4 Tajweed9-20) It is repaired and available
5 Tajweed9-22)
6 Tajweed9-24
7 Tajweed9-27
8 Tajweed9-29 AlAraaf(7) 200mdash
9 Tajweed10-01Al-anfaal(8)17-40
10 Tajweed10-05Al-Anfaal(8) 41-56
11 Tajweed10-11Alanfaal(8) 56--
Friday speeches
1 Islam is the religion of Mercy
2 Misconception about the testimony of faith Shahadah
3 Pilgrimage ―Al-Hajj
4 Welcome Ramadan
More recorded lectures for how to recite Quran and your prayers for beginners and also some lessons about Tawheed and science lead to Islam If you are interested Please link to Al-Quran
Wa Sunnah Voice Chat
If you have any question Please contact me at mailtoasmdlfoodsciuassedu Assem Abolmaaty Sayedahmed
September 16 2004
--------------
7
httpwww-unixoitumassedu~asmdlTajweedhtm httpabcsofarabictripodcomindividuallettershtm
Contents
Audio lectures Including Khutbah and Tajweed lessons
How to pronounce the Arabic letters The importance of Recitation Rules
Reading bismillah and Aoozobellah
Vibration Rules (Qalqalah) Types of stops
Noon and meem Mushadadah (doubled) Non Vowel Meem Meem Sakina Rules
Non Vowel noon Noon Sakina Rules
1 Clear manifestation Ithhaar Rules 2 Merging assimilation Idghaam Rules
3 Concealment Ikhfaa Rules 4 changing Iqlaab Rules
lengthening Rules Madd Rules
Non vowel Laam
Types of Hamzah
The importance of Recitation Rules
Allah (SWT) says in the Quran And read the Quran in slow measured rhythmic tone Verily
We have revealed an Arabic Quran Those people whom We have given the Book recite it the way it
should be recited They are the ones who believe in it (Quran 2121) It is obvious from above
mentioned verse that it is important to read Quran clearly and is compulsory Farz-i-Ain If only one
verse mentions this order it should be sufficient for that order to be true Reciting the Quran consists of
two parts Tarteel and Tajweed Tarteel means to read the Quran slowly and Tajweed deals with correct
pronunciation Tarteel and Tajweed consist of two parts Tajweed-ul-Huroof - that letter should be read
with correct pronunciation And the other Marifat-ul-Wuquf - that one should know where to break pause
or stop during recitation Without these two things recitation of Quran is not correct therefore it is
important to do these correctly Without completing these two a person is not a correct reader of Quran
and will not be given certificate of Tajweed Similarly many Hadeith prove it to be necessary to read
Quran correctly and the Quran was revealed with correct Tajweed The Prophet Muhammad also
read Quran with correct Tajweed and ordered others to do so He taught Sahaba (RDH - those companions
of prophet that met him in person) with correct Tajweed And since the time of Tabeen and Taba
Tabeen till today all the respected Qurras have read Quran with correct Tajweed and the Quran will be
read similarly until Qiyamat (Doomsday)
8
حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر
Qalqalah [Vibration]
Qalqalah [Vibration] literally means unrest Technically it means the vibration of the non-
vowelled sound letter until a strong trembling sound is heard whether the absence of vowel
(sukoon) is original or exposed (Aarid)
The Qalqalah Letters are five They are grouped together in the phrase
ق ط ب ج د ( قطة جذ )
(Qutb Jad) daal geem baa taa qaaf
It is required that the Qalqalah letters be with original or unoriginal sukoon (absence of a
vowel) as a result of making a pause at a qalqalah letter
The lesser degree The lesser degree of Qalqalah [ sughra] is when it occurs in the middle of a word
Example
100 Al-adiyat
د١ اغ د هللا اغ ـ ث
ؼبص٠بد ا ذبج ض
ع٠بد دبض ل فب
غ١غاد ذبج ص فب
ث ؼبم فأثغ
مؼب ث فأثغؿ ؼب ط ف ج ث
110 ndash An-nasr
فزخ ا إطا جبء صغ هللا عأ٠ذ ابؽ ض ٠ س هللا ف ص٠ اجب أف
9
The moderate degree
The moderate degree of Qalqalah [mutawasita] is when a stop is made on a letter which is not
doubled (without shaddah)
Example
112- Alikhlaas
د١ اغ د هللا اغ ـ ث
هللا ض أد ل
هللا ض اص
٠ض ض ٠
ا وف ٠ى ض أد
113- Al-Falaq
د١ اغ د هللا اغ ـ ث
أػط ثغة ف ل ك ا
ب شغ ك س
شغ غبؿك إطا ل ت
شغ افبثبد ف ؼم ض ا
ـ شغ دبؿض إطا د ض
The greater degree
The greater degree of Qalqalah [kubra] is when a stop is made on a doubled letter of qalqalah
Example the Qaaf in
15 ndash Yonus ( 85)
ب إال ذ ث١ ـبػخ ٢ر ك ثب ا إ ب ١خ األعض اد ب ـ ب سمب ا
فخ فبصفخ اص ١ ج ا
21- Al-Anbiaa (112)
ب رصف ػ زؼب ـ ذ لبي عة ادى ا ك ثب د عثب اغ
111- Al-Masad
ر رجذ ٠ضا أث ت ت
10
تسن هللا حين حمه الر الر
Types of Stops 1 Compulsory 2 Permissible 3 Precautionary
4 Prohibited 5 Moderate Pause
Stop Literally means blocking and suspending
Stop Technically means making a voiceless break at a Quranic word for a brief
moment during which the reader takes a breath with the intention of continuing
reading
1 Compulsory The Compulsory Stop is the stop by which the word and meaning give a complete
sense and this is called complete stop because the utterance is complete and is
separated from what follows It is indicated by (meem)
2 Permissible The Permissible Stop is the one at which stopping or continuing is permissible In this
type you can either continue or make a stop In this case either continuing or making
a stop is preferable
2 a Sufficient
The Sufficient Stop is the one in which continuing or stopping is permissible yet
making a stop is preferable It is called sufficient because it can stand by itself
independently of what follows because it is not connected with it in words Its
symbol is ( ل ) Qili
2 b Equality
The Equality Stop is the one in which continuing and stopping are equally relevant
Its symbol is ( ج ) (geem)
3619
ؼى لبا طبئغوجغر أئ طو
جغف ـ ل أز ث
11
2 c Good
The Good Stop is the one in which continuing and stopping are
permissible and yet continuing is desirable It is called a good stop
because it gives a preferable effect Its sign is ( ص ) (sili)
3618
ثى لبا إب رط١غص رزا غج ئ ى
3 Precautionary The Precautionary Stop (also called the convergence of stops)
It indicates the convergence of two near situations where it is possible to make a stop
In such case a stop is made at one of these two situations only
Al-Baqarah (22)
4 Prohibited
The Prohibited Stop is the stop made at an incomplete utterance which
does not give the required meaning because it is strongly connected with
what follows in terms of words and meaning This kind of stop is
prohibited Its symbol is ( ال ) (Laam - Alif)
12
Al-Marsquoidah (553)
5 Moderate Pause The Moderate pause is the breaking of the voice at a Quranic word for a
brief moment without taking a breath at two counts [nearly two seconds]
Its symbol is (s) ( ؽ ) (seen)
Al-Kahf (18-1)
13
Doubled meem amp Doubled noon
The doubled noon and meem are each doubled noon and each doubled
meem Originally a doubled letter is made of two letters the first is anon-
vowelled and the second is a vowel
Doubled meem( ( م
The doubled meem was originally two meems the first is a non-vowelled and the
second is a vowel The non-vowelled meem was assimilated in the vowel meem
and so the two became one doubled letter (harf mushaddad)
The rule of the doubled meem is pronunciation with compulsory
manifestation ie distinctly holding the ghunnah [nasal twang] for two counts
[nearly two seconds] The doubled meem is called the doubled letter of ghunnah
The non-vowelled meem is the meem void of vowel and it occurs before all the
letters of the alphabet except the three letters of lengthening (huruf al - madd) in
order to prevent the meeting of two non-vowelled letters
110 Al-Qaria
اػ٠ فأ ثمذ ب
اض١خ ف ػ١شخ ع ف
أ اػ٠ سفذ ب
٠خ فأ ب
14
Doubled noon ( ن )
The doubled noon is originally two noons the first is non-vowelled (noon) and
the second is vowelled the non-vowelled (saakinah) was assimilated into the vowelled
noon and both became one doubled letter
The rule of the doubled noon (noon mushaddadah) is pronunciation with
Compulsory manifestation ie distinctly holding the ghunnah [nasal twang] for two
counts [nearly two seconds] The doubled noon is called the doubled letter of ghunnah
(harf ghunnah mushaddad)
1 An-naas 111
د هللا اغ ـ د١ ث اغ
أػط ثغة ا بؽ ل
بؽ ه ا
ا بؽ إ
ش اؽ ا ؿ شغ ا بؽ
ؽ ف صضع ا ؿ بؽ اظ ٠
ج ا ا بؽ خ
2 Al-Alaq [96]
ـ ول إ -4 ١طغال ب
جؼ إ -6 إ عثه اغ
15
The Meem Saakinah Rules ( م )
Oral hiding (baa ب ( Merging (meem م )
Clear ( the rest 26(
The definition of the م meem sakinah It is a meem free from any vowel and
which has a fixed sukoon when continuing reading and when stopping
1 Oral hiding concealment When م meem Sakinah followed by baa ب mem must be hidden with ghunnah
that is Oral hiding ( the arabic term Ikhfaa shafawy) literally means concealment
Technically it means pronouncing a letter between manifestation and assimilation
without doubling (tashdeed) and while retaining the ghunnah [nasal twang]
1 Surat Al-Inshiqaaq ( 84- 24)
غ فج ؼظاة أ١ث ش
2 As-shams 91-14
ض فض ػ١ ث عث اب ظج ـ ف
3- Al-Alaq 96-14
٠ؼ ٠غث أ هللا أ
4- Al-Aadiat 100-11
عث ئظ شج١غ ث إ ٠
5- Al-Feel ( 105-4)
١ ث رغ ١ ؿج ذجبعح
16
2 Merging assimilation When م meem sakinah followed by meem م meem sakinah must be merged with
the next meem with ghunnah that is the merging ( the Arabic term Idghaam)
literally means placing something into another Technically it means assimilating a
non-vowelled letter into a vowel one whereby they become one doubled letter
1 Al-Qadr 97-4
عث غ ثئط أ و
2 Al-Humazah104-8
ب ػ١ ؤصضح إ
3 Clear Manifestation When meem Sakinah followed by the rest of Arabic letters ( 26) meem sakinah must
be clear and pronounced regularly (the Arabic term Ithhaar) Technically it means
pronouncing every letter at its point of articulation (makhrag) clearly without
ghunnah [nasal twang] in the apparent letter And to avoid concealing it as in the case
of the concealed baa because of the overlapping of its point of articulation with the
waaw and the proximity of its point of articulation with the faa ( ف )
Examples
1 Al-Buroogg 58-6 6666
ػ١ب لؼص إط
2 Al-Ghashiyah 88-6
ضغ٠غ ١ؾ إل طؼب 856
17
Exercise
Al-feel 105
حاب ال فيل م أل ف فعل ربك بأص تر كي
و١ض أ ف رض١ ٠جؼ
ػ١ أعؿ ط١غا أثبث١
١ ث رغ ١ ؿج ذجبعح
أوي فجؼ وؼصف
Non Vowel noon Noon Sakina Rules
5 Clear manifestation Ithhaar Rules 6 Merging assimilation Idghaam Rules 7 Concealment Ikhfaa Rules 8 changing Iqlaab Rules
حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر
Manifestation (Iz-haar)
ا خفاء Manifestation (Iz-haar) literally means explanation and clarification
Technically it means pronouncing every letter at its point of articulation
clearly without ghunnah [nasal twang] in the apparent letter
a a Guttural Manifestation
18
It is called guttural because its six letters emerge from the guttural (halq)
These letters are
hamzah ( ء ) haa ( ) ayn ( ع )
haa ( ح ) ghayn ( ؽ ) khaa ( ر )
b Absolute Manifestation
The Absolute Manifestation (Iz-haar mutlaq) Literally it means manifestation
and clarification
Technically it means articulating every letter at its point of articulation clearly
without ghunnah [nasal twang] in the apparent letter It is so called because it is
neither limited to the guttural nor to the labial letters Absolute Manifestation
occurs with a non-vowelled noon if it is followed either by a yaa or waaw in a
single word
This occurs in the Holy Quran in four places (al - dunya bunyan sinwan
qanwan) As for Yasin wal Quran Al hakim and Nun wal qalm wa ma yastrun the
rule is absolute manifestation even though it occurs in two words
Merging Assimilation Idghaam
Assimilation (Idghaam) literally means putting one thing into another Technically it
means inserting a non-vowelled letter into a vowelled one to become one doubled
(mushaddad) letter Assimilation is of two kinds
a a With ghunnah with a nasal twang
b b Without ghunnah without a nasal twang
Assimilation must involve two words The letters of the two types of assimilation are
six They are grouped in the phrase (yarmaluna)
19
ع ي
1 Merging with Nosal twang Idgham with Ghunnah
Assimilation with ghunnah [nasal twang] has four letters grouped in the phrase
The letters are the yaa noon meem and waaw If any of these letters (Yanmua) ٠و
occurs after the non-vowelled noon or the noon of nunnation (Tanween) provided that
this occurs in two words then the assimilation with ghunnaa must take place except in
two cases
a a Yaa sin wal Quran ilhakim ( ٠ؾ امغآ اذى١ )
b b b Nun wal qalam wa ma Yasturun ( ام ب ٠ـطغ )
The rule in these two cases is absolute manifestation (Iz-haar mutlaq)This is an
exception to the rule in observation of the reading by Hafs
Al-Humazah104 2 9
بال غ ص اظ ج ػض
صح ض ف ػ ض
Al-Masad11114
تب و تبت يدا أبي لهب
ل سد م ن م في جيدها حب
Al-Qiyamah75 3
أ ب ـ ت ال ـ أ٠ذ غ ػظب ج 4
ػ ثب أث لبصع٠ ـ
22
ئظ ج ٠ بضغح
20
36
ت ـ أ أ٠ذ ب ـ زغن ؿض٠ ال 37
٠ه طف خ أ ٠ 40
ر٠ أ١ؾ طه ثمبصع ػ أ ا ذ١
2 Merging without Nosal twang Idgham without Ghunnah
Assimilation without ghunnah [nasal twang] has two letters These are the raa and
the laam If any of them occurs after a non-vowelled noon or nunnation on condition that
this occurs in two words then assimilation without ghunnah must occur except in the
noon of man raq ( وؽعاق ) which is pronounced with a compulsory pause preventing
assimilation because of the stop singe
Al-Ikhlaas1124
٠ى ا أدض وف Al-Humazah1041 2 9
٠ ؼح ؼح ى
Al-Alaq967
آه استغنىر أن
Almulk6715
شور ر وكلوا من زقه وإليه الن
Az-Zariat5157
زق ر ما أريد منهم م ن
21
حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر
Concealment (Ikhfaa)
( السفبء )
Concealment (Ikhfaa) ( السفبء )
literally means covering
Technically it means pronouncing a letter with a quality between
manifestation and assimilation (idghaam) without doubling (shaddah)
while retaining the ghunnah [nasal twang]
It is also called real (haqiqi) because of the real concealment of the
two noons (that is the non-vowelled noon and the nunnation more
than in others
Concealment (Ikhfaa) has fifteen letters which are formed from the
initial letters of the words of the following line of poetry
صف را ثىا كن جاد شخص قذ سما دم طيثا زد في تقى ضع ظالما
ض ط ظ ش شص
د ر ز ت ث
ف ق ك ج
22
Examples
1 Sura Al-Falaq [1132-5]
ب سك غ ش
لت غ ش غبؿك إطا
ؼمض غ ش افبثبد ف ا
ض غ ش ـ دبؿض إطا د
2 Sura Al-Maun [1075]
ا ص ػ ظ٠ لر ؿب
3 Sura Quraish [106 4]
ع ج اظ أطؼ
4 Sura Al-Fil [1054]
ثذجبعح ١ ؿ رغ ١ ج
5 Sura Al-Qaria [1016]
ب اػ٠ مذ ث فأ
23
6 Sura Al-Qadr [971]
في ل يل ة الق ذر لى اي وس أ إوا
7 Sura Al-Alaq [96]
2 ـ ال سك ػك ب
5 ـ ال ػ ب ٠ؼ ب
و إ أعأ٠ذ 11 ضب ػ ا
ظة و إ أعأ٠ذ 13 ر
15 فؼب ثب ز ٠ ول ئ ـ بص١خ
سبطئخ بطثخ و خ بص١ 16
8 Sura An-Nabaa [78]
18 اجب ز ف ٠ ٠ أف ع فزأر ف اص
وأؿ 34 ببل ص ب
ظ أ إب 40 ػظاثب لغ٠جب عبو
ذ ٠ضا غ ظ ٠ ٠ ب لض غء ا
24
ىبفغ ٠ ٠مي ا رغاثب ذ و ب ١ز
8 Sura An-Naziat [79]
ه 12 ح و اإط لبا ر سبؿغح غ
ه إ 18 ؼور أ فم
بء ثبب ز أ أ 27 ـ ا مب أ أشض س
ب 37 غط فأ
43 وغاب ط ذ أ ف١
زب إ عثه 44 ب
ب 45 ٠ششببع ظ ذ أ ا
25
حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر
Turning (Iqlaab)
Turning (Iqlaab) literally means to turn the face of something
Technically it means replacing a letter with another while
maintaining ghunnah [nasal twang] and concealment (Ikhfaa)
It is so called because it changes the non-vowelled noon or
nunnation (Tanween) into a concealed meem with a ghunnah [nasal
twang]
Turning (Iqlaab) has only one letter which is the Baa ( ة )
Examples
1 Sura Al-Humaza [1044]
ج ١ ول خ ظ ذط ف ا
2 Sura Al-Baiyina [984]
ىزبة إال أرا ا ق اظ٠ ب رفغ ب جبءرؼض ث
3 Sura Al-Munafiqun [63 11]
هللا غسج١ ب ث رؼ
7
httpwww-unixoitumassedu~asmdlTajweedhtm httpabcsofarabictripodcomindividuallettershtm
Contents
Audio lectures Including Khutbah and Tajweed lessons
How to pronounce the Arabic letters The importance of Recitation Rules
Reading bismillah and Aoozobellah
Vibration Rules (Qalqalah) Types of stops
Noon and meem Mushadadah (doubled) Non Vowel Meem Meem Sakina Rules
Non Vowel noon Noon Sakina Rules
1 Clear manifestation Ithhaar Rules 2 Merging assimilation Idghaam Rules
3 Concealment Ikhfaa Rules 4 changing Iqlaab Rules
lengthening Rules Madd Rules
Non vowel Laam
Types of Hamzah
The importance of Recitation Rules
Allah (SWT) says in the Quran And read the Quran in slow measured rhythmic tone Verily
We have revealed an Arabic Quran Those people whom We have given the Book recite it the way it
should be recited They are the ones who believe in it (Quran 2121) It is obvious from above
mentioned verse that it is important to read Quran clearly and is compulsory Farz-i-Ain If only one
verse mentions this order it should be sufficient for that order to be true Reciting the Quran consists of
two parts Tarteel and Tajweed Tarteel means to read the Quran slowly and Tajweed deals with correct
pronunciation Tarteel and Tajweed consist of two parts Tajweed-ul-Huroof - that letter should be read
with correct pronunciation And the other Marifat-ul-Wuquf - that one should know where to break pause
or stop during recitation Without these two things recitation of Quran is not correct therefore it is
important to do these correctly Without completing these two a person is not a correct reader of Quran
and will not be given certificate of Tajweed Similarly many Hadeith prove it to be necessary to read
Quran correctly and the Quran was revealed with correct Tajweed The Prophet Muhammad also
read Quran with correct Tajweed and ordered others to do so He taught Sahaba (RDH - those companions
of prophet that met him in person) with correct Tajweed And since the time of Tabeen and Taba
Tabeen till today all the respected Qurras have read Quran with correct Tajweed and the Quran will be
read similarly until Qiyamat (Doomsday)
8
حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر
Qalqalah [Vibration]
Qalqalah [Vibration] literally means unrest Technically it means the vibration of the non-
vowelled sound letter until a strong trembling sound is heard whether the absence of vowel
(sukoon) is original or exposed (Aarid)
The Qalqalah Letters are five They are grouped together in the phrase
ق ط ب ج د ( قطة جذ )
(Qutb Jad) daal geem baa taa qaaf
It is required that the Qalqalah letters be with original or unoriginal sukoon (absence of a
vowel) as a result of making a pause at a qalqalah letter
The lesser degree The lesser degree of Qalqalah [ sughra] is when it occurs in the middle of a word
Example
100 Al-adiyat
د١ اغ د هللا اغ ـ ث
ؼبص٠بد ا ذبج ض
ع٠بد دبض ل فب
غ١غاد ذبج ص فب
ث ؼبم فأثغ
مؼب ث فأثغؿ ؼب ط ف ج ث
110 ndash An-nasr
فزخ ا إطا جبء صغ هللا عأ٠ذ ابؽ ض ٠ س هللا ف ص٠ اجب أف
9
The moderate degree
The moderate degree of Qalqalah [mutawasita] is when a stop is made on a letter which is not
doubled (without shaddah)
Example
112- Alikhlaas
د١ اغ د هللا اغ ـ ث
هللا ض أد ل
هللا ض اص
٠ض ض ٠
ا وف ٠ى ض أد
113- Al-Falaq
د١ اغ د هللا اغ ـ ث
أػط ثغة ف ل ك ا
ب شغ ك س
شغ غبؿك إطا ل ت
شغ افبثبد ف ؼم ض ا
ـ شغ دبؿض إطا د ض
The greater degree
The greater degree of Qalqalah [kubra] is when a stop is made on a doubled letter of qalqalah
Example the Qaaf in
15 ndash Yonus ( 85)
ب إال ذ ث١ ـبػخ ٢ر ك ثب ا إ ب ١خ األعض اد ب ـ ب سمب ا
فخ فبصفخ اص ١ ج ا
21- Al-Anbiaa (112)
ب رصف ػ زؼب ـ ذ لبي عة ادى ا ك ثب د عثب اغ
111- Al-Masad
ر رجذ ٠ضا أث ت ت
10
تسن هللا حين حمه الر الر
Types of Stops 1 Compulsory 2 Permissible 3 Precautionary
4 Prohibited 5 Moderate Pause
Stop Literally means blocking and suspending
Stop Technically means making a voiceless break at a Quranic word for a brief
moment during which the reader takes a breath with the intention of continuing
reading
1 Compulsory The Compulsory Stop is the stop by which the word and meaning give a complete
sense and this is called complete stop because the utterance is complete and is
separated from what follows It is indicated by (meem)
2 Permissible The Permissible Stop is the one at which stopping or continuing is permissible In this
type you can either continue or make a stop In this case either continuing or making
a stop is preferable
2 a Sufficient
The Sufficient Stop is the one in which continuing or stopping is permissible yet
making a stop is preferable It is called sufficient because it can stand by itself
independently of what follows because it is not connected with it in words Its
symbol is ( ل ) Qili
2 b Equality
The Equality Stop is the one in which continuing and stopping are equally relevant
Its symbol is ( ج ) (geem)
3619
ؼى لبا طبئغوجغر أئ طو
جغف ـ ل أز ث
11
2 c Good
The Good Stop is the one in which continuing and stopping are
permissible and yet continuing is desirable It is called a good stop
because it gives a preferable effect Its sign is ( ص ) (sili)
3618
ثى لبا إب رط١غص رزا غج ئ ى
3 Precautionary The Precautionary Stop (also called the convergence of stops)
It indicates the convergence of two near situations where it is possible to make a stop
In such case a stop is made at one of these two situations only
Al-Baqarah (22)
4 Prohibited
The Prohibited Stop is the stop made at an incomplete utterance which
does not give the required meaning because it is strongly connected with
what follows in terms of words and meaning This kind of stop is
prohibited Its symbol is ( ال ) (Laam - Alif)
12
Al-Marsquoidah (553)
5 Moderate Pause The Moderate pause is the breaking of the voice at a Quranic word for a
brief moment without taking a breath at two counts [nearly two seconds]
Its symbol is (s) ( ؽ ) (seen)
Al-Kahf (18-1)
13
Doubled meem amp Doubled noon
The doubled noon and meem are each doubled noon and each doubled
meem Originally a doubled letter is made of two letters the first is anon-
vowelled and the second is a vowel
Doubled meem( ( م
The doubled meem was originally two meems the first is a non-vowelled and the
second is a vowel The non-vowelled meem was assimilated in the vowel meem
and so the two became one doubled letter (harf mushaddad)
The rule of the doubled meem is pronunciation with compulsory
manifestation ie distinctly holding the ghunnah [nasal twang] for two counts
[nearly two seconds] The doubled meem is called the doubled letter of ghunnah
The non-vowelled meem is the meem void of vowel and it occurs before all the
letters of the alphabet except the three letters of lengthening (huruf al - madd) in
order to prevent the meeting of two non-vowelled letters
110 Al-Qaria
اػ٠ فأ ثمذ ب
اض١خ ف ػ١شخ ع ف
أ اػ٠ سفذ ب
٠خ فأ ب
14
Doubled noon ( ن )
The doubled noon is originally two noons the first is non-vowelled (noon) and
the second is vowelled the non-vowelled (saakinah) was assimilated into the vowelled
noon and both became one doubled letter
The rule of the doubled noon (noon mushaddadah) is pronunciation with
Compulsory manifestation ie distinctly holding the ghunnah [nasal twang] for two
counts [nearly two seconds] The doubled noon is called the doubled letter of ghunnah
(harf ghunnah mushaddad)
1 An-naas 111
د هللا اغ ـ د١ ث اغ
أػط ثغة ا بؽ ل
بؽ ه ا
ا بؽ إ
ش اؽ ا ؿ شغ ا بؽ
ؽ ف صضع ا ؿ بؽ اظ ٠
ج ا ا بؽ خ
2 Al-Alaq [96]
ـ ول إ -4 ١طغال ب
جؼ إ -6 إ عثه اغ
15
The Meem Saakinah Rules ( م )
Oral hiding (baa ب ( Merging (meem م )
Clear ( the rest 26(
The definition of the م meem sakinah It is a meem free from any vowel and
which has a fixed sukoon when continuing reading and when stopping
1 Oral hiding concealment When م meem Sakinah followed by baa ب mem must be hidden with ghunnah
that is Oral hiding ( the arabic term Ikhfaa shafawy) literally means concealment
Technically it means pronouncing a letter between manifestation and assimilation
without doubling (tashdeed) and while retaining the ghunnah [nasal twang]
1 Surat Al-Inshiqaaq ( 84- 24)
غ فج ؼظاة أ١ث ش
2 As-shams 91-14
ض فض ػ١ ث عث اب ظج ـ ف
3- Al-Alaq 96-14
٠ؼ ٠غث أ هللا أ
4- Al-Aadiat 100-11
عث ئظ شج١غ ث إ ٠
5- Al-Feel ( 105-4)
١ ث رغ ١ ؿج ذجبعح
16
2 Merging assimilation When م meem sakinah followed by meem م meem sakinah must be merged with
the next meem with ghunnah that is the merging ( the Arabic term Idghaam)
literally means placing something into another Technically it means assimilating a
non-vowelled letter into a vowel one whereby they become one doubled letter
1 Al-Qadr 97-4
عث غ ثئط أ و
2 Al-Humazah104-8
ب ػ١ ؤصضح إ
3 Clear Manifestation When meem Sakinah followed by the rest of Arabic letters ( 26) meem sakinah must
be clear and pronounced regularly (the Arabic term Ithhaar) Technically it means
pronouncing every letter at its point of articulation (makhrag) clearly without
ghunnah [nasal twang] in the apparent letter And to avoid concealing it as in the case
of the concealed baa because of the overlapping of its point of articulation with the
waaw and the proximity of its point of articulation with the faa ( ف )
Examples
1 Al-Buroogg 58-6 6666
ػ١ب لؼص إط
2 Al-Ghashiyah 88-6
ضغ٠غ ١ؾ إل طؼب 856
17
Exercise
Al-feel 105
حاب ال فيل م أل ف فعل ربك بأص تر كي
و١ض أ ف رض١ ٠جؼ
ػ١ أعؿ ط١غا أثبث١
١ ث رغ ١ ؿج ذجبعح
أوي فجؼ وؼصف
Non Vowel noon Noon Sakina Rules
5 Clear manifestation Ithhaar Rules 6 Merging assimilation Idghaam Rules 7 Concealment Ikhfaa Rules 8 changing Iqlaab Rules
حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر
Manifestation (Iz-haar)
ا خفاء Manifestation (Iz-haar) literally means explanation and clarification
Technically it means pronouncing every letter at its point of articulation
clearly without ghunnah [nasal twang] in the apparent letter
a a Guttural Manifestation
18
It is called guttural because its six letters emerge from the guttural (halq)
These letters are
hamzah ( ء ) haa ( ) ayn ( ع )
haa ( ح ) ghayn ( ؽ ) khaa ( ر )
b Absolute Manifestation
The Absolute Manifestation (Iz-haar mutlaq) Literally it means manifestation
and clarification
Technically it means articulating every letter at its point of articulation clearly
without ghunnah [nasal twang] in the apparent letter It is so called because it is
neither limited to the guttural nor to the labial letters Absolute Manifestation
occurs with a non-vowelled noon if it is followed either by a yaa or waaw in a
single word
This occurs in the Holy Quran in four places (al - dunya bunyan sinwan
qanwan) As for Yasin wal Quran Al hakim and Nun wal qalm wa ma yastrun the
rule is absolute manifestation even though it occurs in two words
Merging Assimilation Idghaam
Assimilation (Idghaam) literally means putting one thing into another Technically it
means inserting a non-vowelled letter into a vowelled one to become one doubled
(mushaddad) letter Assimilation is of two kinds
a a With ghunnah with a nasal twang
b b Without ghunnah without a nasal twang
Assimilation must involve two words The letters of the two types of assimilation are
six They are grouped in the phrase (yarmaluna)
19
ع ي
1 Merging with Nosal twang Idgham with Ghunnah
Assimilation with ghunnah [nasal twang] has four letters grouped in the phrase
The letters are the yaa noon meem and waaw If any of these letters (Yanmua) ٠و
occurs after the non-vowelled noon or the noon of nunnation (Tanween) provided that
this occurs in two words then the assimilation with ghunnaa must take place except in
two cases
a a Yaa sin wal Quran ilhakim ( ٠ؾ امغآ اذى١ )
b b b Nun wal qalam wa ma Yasturun ( ام ب ٠ـطغ )
The rule in these two cases is absolute manifestation (Iz-haar mutlaq)This is an
exception to the rule in observation of the reading by Hafs
Al-Humazah104 2 9
بال غ ص اظ ج ػض
صح ض ف ػ ض
Al-Masad11114
تب و تبت يدا أبي لهب
ل سد م ن م في جيدها حب
Al-Qiyamah75 3
أ ب ـ ت ال ـ أ٠ذ غ ػظب ج 4
ػ ثب أث لبصع٠ ـ
22
ئظ ج ٠ بضغح
20
36
ت ـ أ أ٠ذ ب ـ زغن ؿض٠ ال 37
٠ه طف خ أ ٠ 40
ر٠ أ١ؾ طه ثمبصع ػ أ ا ذ١
2 Merging without Nosal twang Idgham without Ghunnah
Assimilation without ghunnah [nasal twang] has two letters These are the raa and
the laam If any of them occurs after a non-vowelled noon or nunnation on condition that
this occurs in two words then assimilation without ghunnah must occur except in the
noon of man raq ( وؽعاق ) which is pronounced with a compulsory pause preventing
assimilation because of the stop singe
Al-Ikhlaas1124
٠ى ا أدض وف Al-Humazah1041 2 9
٠ ؼح ؼح ى
Al-Alaq967
آه استغنىر أن
Almulk6715
شور ر وكلوا من زقه وإليه الن
Az-Zariat5157
زق ر ما أريد منهم م ن
21
حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر
Concealment (Ikhfaa)
( السفبء )
Concealment (Ikhfaa) ( السفبء )
literally means covering
Technically it means pronouncing a letter with a quality between
manifestation and assimilation (idghaam) without doubling (shaddah)
while retaining the ghunnah [nasal twang]
It is also called real (haqiqi) because of the real concealment of the
two noons (that is the non-vowelled noon and the nunnation more
than in others
Concealment (Ikhfaa) has fifteen letters which are formed from the
initial letters of the words of the following line of poetry
صف را ثىا كن جاد شخص قذ سما دم طيثا زد في تقى ضع ظالما
ض ط ظ ش شص
د ر ز ت ث
ف ق ك ج
22
Examples
1 Sura Al-Falaq [1132-5]
ب سك غ ش
لت غ ش غبؿك إطا
ؼمض غ ش افبثبد ف ا
ض غ ش ـ دبؿض إطا د
2 Sura Al-Maun [1075]
ا ص ػ ظ٠ لر ؿب
3 Sura Quraish [106 4]
ع ج اظ أطؼ
4 Sura Al-Fil [1054]
ثذجبعح ١ ؿ رغ ١ ج
5 Sura Al-Qaria [1016]
ب اػ٠ مذ ث فأ
23
6 Sura Al-Qadr [971]
في ل يل ة الق ذر لى اي وس أ إوا
7 Sura Al-Alaq [96]
2 ـ ال سك ػك ب
5 ـ ال ػ ب ٠ؼ ب
و إ أعأ٠ذ 11 ضب ػ ا
ظة و إ أعأ٠ذ 13 ر
15 فؼب ثب ز ٠ ول ئ ـ بص١خ
سبطئخ بطثخ و خ بص١ 16
8 Sura An-Nabaa [78]
18 اجب ز ف ٠ ٠ أف ع فزأر ف اص
وأؿ 34 ببل ص ب
ظ أ إب 40 ػظاثب لغ٠جب عبو
ذ ٠ضا غ ظ ٠ ٠ ب لض غء ا
24
ىبفغ ٠ ٠مي ا رغاثب ذ و ب ١ز
8 Sura An-Naziat [79]
ه 12 ح و اإط لبا ر سبؿغح غ
ه إ 18 ؼور أ فم
بء ثبب ز أ أ 27 ـ ا مب أ أشض س
ب 37 غط فأ
43 وغاب ط ذ أ ف١
زب إ عثه 44 ب
ب 45 ٠ششببع ظ ذ أ ا
25
حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر
Turning (Iqlaab)
Turning (Iqlaab) literally means to turn the face of something
Technically it means replacing a letter with another while
maintaining ghunnah [nasal twang] and concealment (Ikhfaa)
It is so called because it changes the non-vowelled noon or
nunnation (Tanween) into a concealed meem with a ghunnah [nasal
twang]
Turning (Iqlaab) has only one letter which is the Baa ( ة )
Examples
1 Sura Al-Humaza [1044]
ج ١ ول خ ظ ذط ف ا
2 Sura Al-Baiyina [984]
ىزبة إال أرا ا ق اظ٠ ب رفغ ب جبءرؼض ث
3 Sura Al-Munafiqun [63 11]
هللا غسج١ ب ث رؼ
8
حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر
Qalqalah [Vibration]
Qalqalah [Vibration] literally means unrest Technically it means the vibration of the non-
vowelled sound letter until a strong trembling sound is heard whether the absence of vowel
(sukoon) is original or exposed (Aarid)
The Qalqalah Letters are five They are grouped together in the phrase
ق ط ب ج د ( قطة جذ )
(Qutb Jad) daal geem baa taa qaaf
It is required that the Qalqalah letters be with original or unoriginal sukoon (absence of a
vowel) as a result of making a pause at a qalqalah letter
The lesser degree The lesser degree of Qalqalah [ sughra] is when it occurs in the middle of a word
Example
100 Al-adiyat
د١ اغ د هللا اغ ـ ث
ؼبص٠بد ا ذبج ض
ع٠بد دبض ل فب
غ١غاد ذبج ص فب
ث ؼبم فأثغ
مؼب ث فأثغؿ ؼب ط ف ج ث
110 ndash An-nasr
فزخ ا إطا جبء صغ هللا عأ٠ذ ابؽ ض ٠ س هللا ف ص٠ اجب أف
9
The moderate degree
The moderate degree of Qalqalah [mutawasita] is when a stop is made on a letter which is not
doubled (without shaddah)
Example
112- Alikhlaas
د١ اغ د هللا اغ ـ ث
هللا ض أد ل
هللا ض اص
٠ض ض ٠
ا وف ٠ى ض أد
113- Al-Falaq
د١ اغ د هللا اغ ـ ث
أػط ثغة ف ل ك ا
ب شغ ك س
شغ غبؿك إطا ل ت
شغ افبثبد ف ؼم ض ا
ـ شغ دبؿض إطا د ض
The greater degree
The greater degree of Qalqalah [kubra] is when a stop is made on a doubled letter of qalqalah
Example the Qaaf in
15 ndash Yonus ( 85)
ب إال ذ ث١ ـبػخ ٢ر ك ثب ا إ ب ١خ األعض اد ب ـ ب سمب ا
فخ فبصفخ اص ١ ج ا
21- Al-Anbiaa (112)
ب رصف ػ زؼب ـ ذ لبي عة ادى ا ك ثب د عثب اغ
111- Al-Masad
ر رجذ ٠ضا أث ت ت
10
تسن هللا حين حمه الر الر
Types of Stops 1 Compulsory 2 Permissible 3 Precautionary
4 Prohibited 5 Moderate Pause
Stop Literally means blocking and suspending
Stop Technically means making a voiceless break at a Quranic word for a brief
moment during which the reader takes a breath with the intention of continuing
reading
1 Compulsory The Compulsory Stop is the stop by which the word and meaning give a complete
sense and this is called complete stop because the utterance is complete and is
separated from what follows It is indicated by (meem)
2 Permissible The Permissible Stop is the one at which stopping or continuing is permissible In this
type you can either continue or make a stop In this case either continuing or making
a stop is preferable
2 a Sufficient
The Sufficient Stop is the one in which continuing or stopping is permissible yet
making a stop is preferable It is called sufficient because it can stand by itself
independently of what follows because it is not connected with it in words Its
symbol is ( ل ) Qili
2 b Equality
The Equality Stop is the one in which continuing and stopping are equally relevant
Its symbol is ( ج ) (geem)
3619
ؼى لبا طبئغوجغر أئ طو
جغف ـ ل أز ث
11
2 c Good
The Good Stop is the one in which continuing and stopping are
permissible and yet continuing is desirable It is called a good stop
because it gives a preferable effect Its sign is ( ص ) (sili)
3618
ثى لبا إب رط١غص رزا غج ئ ى
3 Precautionary The Precautionary Stop (also called the convergence of stops)
It indicates the convergence of two near situations where it is possible to make a stop
In such case a stop is made at one of these two situations only
Al-Baqarah (22)
4 Prohibited
The Prohibited Stop is the stop made at an incomplete utterance which
does not give the required meaning because it is strongly connected with
what follows in terms of words and meaning This kind of stop is
prohibited Its symbol is ( ال ) (Laam - Alif)
12
Al-Marsquoidah (553)
5 Moderate Pause The Moderate pause is the breaking of the voice at a Quranic word for a
brief moment without taking a breath at two counts [nearly two seconds]
Its symbol is (s) ( ؽ ) (seen)
Al-Kahf (18-1)
13
Doubled meem amp Doubled noon
The doubled noon and meem are each doubled noon and each doubled
meem Originally a doubled letter is made of two letters the first is anon-
vowelled and the second is a vowel
Doubled meem( ( م
The doubled meem was originally two meems the first is a non-vowelled and the
second is a vowel The non-vowelled meem was assimilated in the vowel meem
and so the two became one doubled letter (harf mushaddad)
The rule of the doubled meem is pronunciation with compulsory
manifestation ie distinctly holding the ghunnah [nasal twang] for two counts
[nearly two seconds] The doubled meem is called the doubled letter of ghunnah
The non-vowelled meem is the meem void of vowel and it occurs before all the
letters of the alphabet except the three letters of lengthening (huruf al - madd) in
order to prevent the meeting of two non-vowelled letters
110 Al-Qaria
اػ٠ فأ ثمذ ب
اض١خ ف ػ١شخ ع ف
أ اػ٠ سفذ ب
٠خ فأ ب
14
Doubled noon ( ن )
The doubled noon is originally two noons the first is non-vowelled (noon) and
the second is vowelled the non-vowelled (saakinah) was assimilated into the vowelled
noon and both became one doubled letter
The rule of the doubled noon (noon mushaddadah) is pronunciation with
Compulsory manifestation ie distinctly holding the ghunnah [nasal twang] for two
counts [nearly two seconds] The doubled noon is called the doubled letter of ghunnah
(harf ghunnah mushaddad)
1 An-naas 111
د هللا اغ ـ د١ ث اغ
أػط ثغة ا بؽ ل
بؽ ه ا
ا بؽ إ
ش اؽ ا ؿ شغ ا بؽ
ؽ ف صضع ا ؿ بؽ اظ ٠
ج ا ا بؽ خ
2 Al-Alaq [96]
ـ ول إ -4 ١طغال ب
جؼ إ -6 إ عثه اغ
15
The Meem Saakinah Rules ( م )
Oral hiding (baa ب ( Merging (meem م )
Clear ( the rest 26(
The definition of the م meem sakinah It is a meem free from any vowel and
which has a fixed sukoon when continuing reading and when stopping
1 Oral hiding concealment When م meem Sakinah followed by baa ب mem must be hidden with ghunnah
that is Oral hiding ( the arabic term Ikhfaa shafawy) literally means concealment
Technically it means pronouncing a letter between manifestation and assimilation
without doubling (tashdeed) and while retaining the ghunnah [nasal twang]
1 Surat Al-Inshiqaaq ( 84- 24)
غ فج ؼظاة أ١ث ش
2 As-shams 91-14
ض فض ػ١ ث عث اب ظج ـ ف
3- Al-Alaq 96-14
٠ؼ ٠غث أ هللا أ
4- Al-Aadiat 100-11
عث ئظ شج١غ ث إ ٠
5- Al-Feel ( 105-4)
١ ث رغ ١ ؿج ذجبعح
16
2 Merging assimilation When م meem sakinah followed by meem م meem sakinah must be merged with
the next meem with ghunnah that is the merging ( the Arabic term Idghaam)
literally means placing something into another Technically it means assimilating a
non-vowelled letter into a vowel one whereby they become one doubled letter
1 Al-Qadr 97-4
عث غ ثئط أ و
2 Al-Humazah104-8
ب ػ١ ؤصضح إ
3 Clear Manifestation When meem Sakinah followed by the rest of Arabic letters ( 26) meem sakinah must
be clear and pronounced regularly (the Arabic term Ithhaar) Technically it means
pronouncing every letter at its point of articulation (makhrag) clearly without
ghunnah [nasal twang] in the apparent letter And to avoid concealing it as in the case
of the concealed baa because of the overlapping of its point of articulation with the
waaw and the proximity of its point of articulation with the faa ( ف )
Examples
1 Al-Buroogg 58-6 6666
ػ١ب لؼص إط
2 Al-Ghashiyah 88-6
ضغ٠غ ١ؾ إل طؼب 856
17
Exercise
Al-feel 105
حاب ال فيل م أل ف فعل ربك بأص تر كي
و١ض أ ف رض١ ٠جؼ
ػ١ أعؿ ط١غا أثبث١
١ ث رغ ١ ؿج ذجبعح
أوي فجؼ وؼصف
Non Vowel noon Noon Sakina Rules
5 Clear manifestation Ithhaar Rules 6 Merging assimilation Idghaam Rules 7 Concealment Ikhfaa Rules 8 changing Iqlaab Rules
حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر
Manifestation (Iz-haar)
ا خفاء Manifestation (Iz-haar) literally means explanation and clarification
Technically it means pronouncing every letter at its point of articulation
clearly without ghunnah [nasal twang] in the apparent letter
a a Guttural Manifestation
18
It is called guttural because its six letters emerge from the guttural (halq)
These letters are
hamzah ( ء ) haa ( ) ayn ( ع )
haa ( ح ) ghayn ( ؽ ) khaa ( ر )
b Absolute Manifestation
The Absolute Manifestation (Iz-haar mutlaq) Literally it means manifestation
and clarification
Technically it means articulating every letter at its point of articulation clearly
without ghunnah [nasal twang] in the apparent letter It is so called because it is
neither limited to the guttural nor to the labial letters Absolute Manifestation
occurs with a non-vowelled noon if it is followed either by a yaa or waaw in a
single word
This occurs in the Holy Quran in four places (al - dunya bunyan sinwan
qanwan) As for Yasin wal Quran Al hakim and Nun wal qalm wa ma yastrun the
rule is absolute manifestation even though it occurs in two words
Merging Assimilation Idghaam
Assimilation (Idghaam) literally means putting one thing into another Technically it
means inserting a non-vowelled letter into a vowelled one to become one doubled
(mushaddad) letter Assimilation is of two kinds
a a With ghunnah with a nasal twang
b b Without ghunnah without a nasal twang
Assimilation must involve two words The letters of the two types of assimilation are
six They are grouped in the phrase (yarmaluna)
19
ع ي
1 Merging with Nosal twang Idgham with Ghunnah
Assimilation with ghunnah [nasal twang] has four letters grouped in the phrase
The letters are the yaa noon meem and waaw If any of these letters (Yanmua) ٠و
occurs after the non-vowelled noon or the noon of nunnation (Tanween) provided that
this occurs in two words then the assimilation with ghunnaa must take place except in
two cases
a a Yaa sin wal Quran ilhakim ( ٠ؾ امغآ اذى١ )
b b b Nun wal qalam wa ma Yasturun ( ام ب ٠ـطغ )
The rule in these two cases is absolute manifestation (Iz-haar mutlaq)This is an
exception to the rule in observation of the reading by Hafs
Al-Humazah104 2 9
بال غ ص اظ ج ػض
صح ض ف ػ ض
Al-Masad11114
تب و تبت يدا أبي لهب
ل سد م ن م في جيدها حب
Al-Qiyamah75 3
أ ب ـ ت ال ـ أ٠ذ غ ػظب ج 4
ػ ثب أث لبصع٠ ـ
22
ئظ ج ٠ بضغح
20
36
ت ـ أ أ٠ذ ب ـ زغن ؿض٠ ال 37
٠ه طف خ أ ٠ 40
ر٠ أ١ؾ طه ثمبصع ػ أ ا ذ١
2 Merging without Nosal twang Idgham without Ghunnah
Assimilation without ghunnah [nasal twang] has two letters These are the raa and
the laam If any of them occurs after a non-vowelled noon or nunnation on condition that
this occurs in two words then assimilation without ghunnah must occur except in the
noon of man raq ( وؽعاق ) which is pronounced with a compulsory pause preventing
assimilation because of the stop singe
Al-Ikhlaas1124
٠ى ا أدض وف Al-Humazah1041 2 9
٠ ؼح ؼح ى
Al-Alaq967
آه استغنىر أن
Almulk6715
شور ر وكلوا من زقه وإليه الن
Az-Zariat5157
زق ر ما أريد منهم م ن
21
حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر
Concealment (Ikhfaa)
( السفبء )
Concealment (Ikhfaa) ( السفبء )
literally means covering
Technically it means pronouncing a letter with a quality between
manifestation and assimilation (idghaam) without doubling (shaddah)
while retaining the ghunnah [nasal twang]
It is also called real (haqiqi) because of the real concealment of the
two noons (that is the non-vowelled noon and the nunnation more
than in others
Concealment (Ikhfaa) has fifteen letters which are formed from the
initial letters of the words of the following line of poetry
صف را ثىا كن جاد شخص قذ سما دم طيثا زد في تقى ضع ظالما
ض ط ظ ش شص
د ر ز ت ث
ف ق ك ج
22
Examples
1 Sura Al-Falaq [1132-5]
ب سك غ ش
لت غ ش غبؿك إطا
ؼمض غ ش افبثبد ف ا
ض غ ش ـ دبؿض إطا د
2 Sura Al-Maun [1075]
ا ص ػ ظ٠ لر ؿب
3 Sura Quraish [106 4]
ع ج اظ أطؼ
4 Sura Al-Fil [1054]
ثذجبعح ١ ؿ رغ ١ ج
5 Sura Al-Qaria [1016]
ب اػ٠ مذ ث فأ
23
6 Sura Al-Qadr [971]
في ل يل ة الق ذر لى اي وس أ إوا
7 Sura Al-Alaq [96]
2 ـ ال سك ػك ب
5 ـ ال ػ ب ٠ؼ ب
و إ أعأ٠ذ 11 ضب ػ ا
ظة و إ أعأ٠ذ 13 ر
15 فؼب ثب ز ٠ ول ئ ـ بص١خ
سبطئخ بطثخ و خ بص١ 16
8 Sura An-Nabaa [78]
18 اجب ز ف ٠ ٠ أف ع فزأر ف اص
وأؿ 34 ببل ص ب
ظ أ إب 40 ػظاثب لغ٠جب عبو
ذ ٠ضا غ ظ ٠ ٠ ب لض غء ا
24
ىبفغ ٠ ٠مي ا رغاثب ذ و ب ١ز
8 Sura An-Naziat [79]
ه 12 ح و اإط لبا ر سبؿغح غ
ه إ 18 ؼور أ فم
بء ثبب ز أ أ 27 ـ ا مب أ أشض س
ب 37 غط فأ
43 وغاب ط ذ أ ف١
زب إ عثه 44 ب
ب 45 ٠ششببع ظ ذ أ ا
25
حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر
Turning (Iqlaab)
Turning (Iqlaab) literally means to turn the face of something
Technically it means replacing a letter with another while
maintaining ghunnah [nasal twang] and concealment (Ikhfaa)
It is so called because it changes the non-vowelled noon or
nunnation (Tanween) into a concealed meem with a ghunnah [nasal
twang]
Turning (Iqlaab) has only one letter which is the Baa ( ة )
Examples
1 Sura Al-Humaza [1044]
ج ١ ول خ ظ ذط ف ا
2 Sura Al-Baiyina [984]
ىزبة إال أرا ا ق اظ٠ ب رفغ ب جبءرؼض ث
3 Sura Al-Munafiqun [63 11]
هللا غسج١ ب ث رؼ
9
The moderate degree
The moderate degree of Qalqalah [mutawasita] is when a stop is made on a letter which is not
doubled (without shaddah)
Example
112- Alikhlaas
د١ اغ د هللا اغ ـ ث
هللا ض أد ل
هللا ض اص
٠ض ض ٠
ا وف ٠ى ض أد
113- Al-Falaq
د١ اغ د هللا اغ ـ ث
أػط ثغة ف ل ك ا
ب شغ ك س
شغ غبؿك إطا ل ت
شغ افبثبد ف ؼم ض ا
ـ شغ دبؿض إطا د ض
The greater degree
The greater degree of Qalqalah [kubra] is when a stop is made on a doubled letter of qalqalah
Example the Qaaf in
15 ndash Yonus ( 85)
ب إال ذ ث١ ـبػخ ٢ر ك ثب ا إ ب ١خ األعض اد ب ـ ب سمب ا
فخ فبصفخ اص ١ ج ا
21- Al-Anbiaa (112)
ب رصف ػ زؼب ـ ذ لبي عة ادى ا ك ثب د عثب اغ
111- Al-Masad
ر رجذ ٠ضا أث ت ت
10
تسن هللا حين حمه الر الر
Types of Stops 1 Compulsory 2 Permissible 3 Precautionary
4 Prohibited 5 Moderate Pause
Stop Literally means blocking and suspending
Stop Technically means making a voiceless break at a Quranic word for a brief
moment during which the reader takes a breath with the intention of continuing
reading
1 Compulsory The Compulsory Stop is the stop by which the word and meaning give a complete
sense and this is called complete stop because the utterance is complete and is
separated from what follows It is indicated by (meem)
2 Permissible The Permissible Stop is the one at which stopping or continuing is permissible In this
type you can either continue or make a stop In this case either continuing or making
a stop is preferable
2 a Sufficient
The Sufficient Stop is the one in which continuing or stopping is permissible yet
making a stop is preferable It is called sufficient because it can stand by itself
independently of what follows because it is not connected with it in words Its
symbol is ( ل ) Qili
2 b Equality
The Equality Stop is the one in which continuing and stopping are equally relevant
Its symbol is ( ج ) (geem)
3619
ؼى لبا طبئغوجغر أئ طو
جغف ـ ل أز ث
11
2 c Good
The Good Stop is the one in which continuing and stopping are
permissible and yet continuing is desirable It is called a good stop
because it gives a preferable effect Its sign is ( ص ) (sili)
3618
ثى لبا إب رط١غص رزا غج ئ ى
3 Precautionary The Precautionary Stop (also called the convergence of stops)
It indicates the convergence of two near situations where it is possible to make a stop
In such case a stop is made at one of these two situations only
Al-Baqarah (22)
4 Prohibited
The Prohibited Stop is the stop made at an incomplete utterance which
does not give the required meaning because it is strongly connected with
what follows in terms of words and meaning This kind of stop is
prohibited Its symbol is ( ال ) (Laam - Alif)
12
Al-Marsquoidah (553)
5 Moderate Pause The Moderate pause is the breaking of the voice at a Quranic word for a
brief moment without taking a breath at two counts [nearly two seconds]
Its symbol is (s) ( ؽ ) (seen)
Al-Kahf (18-1)
13
Doubled meem amp Doubled noon
The doubled noon and meem are each doubled noon and each doubled
meem Originally a doubled letter is made of two letters the first is anon-
vowelled and the second is a vowel
Doubled meem( ( م
The doubled meem was originally two meems the first is a non-vowelled and the
second is a vowel The non-vowelled meem was assimilated in the vowel meem
and so the two became one doubled letter (harf mushaddad)
The rule of the doubled meem is pronunciation with compulsory
manifestation ie distinctly holding the ghunnah [nasal twang] for two counts
[nearly two seconds] The doubled meem is called the doubled letter of ghunnah
The non-vowelled meem is the meem void of vowel and it occurs before all the
letters of the alphabet except the three letters of lengthening (huruf al - madd) in
order to prevent the meeting of two non-vowelled letters
110 Al-Qaria
اػ٠ فأ ثمذ ب
اض١خ ف ػ١شخ ع ف
أ اػ٠ سفذ ب
٠خ فأ ب
14
Doubled noon ( ن )
The doubled noon is originally two noons the first is non-vowelled (noon) and
the second is vowelled the non-vowelled (saakinah) was assimilated into the vowelled
noon and both became one doubled letter
The rule of the doubled noon (noon mushaddadah) is pronunciation with
Compulsory manifestation ie distinctly holding the ghunnah [nasal twang] for two
counts [nearly two seconds] The doubled noon is called the doubled letter of ghunnah
(harf ghunnah mushaddad)
1 An-naas 111
د هللا اغ ـ د١ ث اغ
أػط ثغة ا بؽ ل
بؽ ه ا
ا بؽ إ
ش اؽ ا ؿ شغ ا بؽ
ؽ ف صضع ا ؿ بؽ اظ ٠
ج ا ا بؽ خ
2 Al-Alaq [96]
ـ ول إ -4 ١طغال ب
جؼ إ -6 إ عثه اغ
15
The Meem Saakinah Rules ( م )
Oral hiding (baa ب ( Merging (meem م )
Clear ( the rest 26(
The definition of the م meem sakinah It is a meem free from any vowel and
which has a fixed sukoon when continuing reading and when stopping
1 Oral hiding concealment When م meem Sakinah followed by baa ب mem must be hidden with ghunnah
that is Oral hiding ( the arabic term Ikhfaa shafawy) literally means concealment
Technically it means pronouncing a letter between manifestation and assimilation
without doubling (tashdeed) and while retaining the ghunnah [nasal twang]
1 Surat Al-Inshiqaaq ( 84- 24)
غ فج ؼظاة أ١ث ش
2 As-shams 91-14
ض فض ػ١ ث عث اب ظج ـ ف
3- Al-Alaq 96-14
٠ؼ ٠غث أ هللا أ
4- Al-Aadiat 100-11
عث ئظ شج١غ ث إ ٠
5- Al-Feel ( 105-4)
١ ث رغ ١ ؿج ذجبعح
16
2 Merging assimilation When م meem sakinah followed by meem م meem sakinah must be merged with
the next meem with ghunnah that is the merging ( the Arabic term Idghaam)
literally means placing something into another Technically it means assimilating a
non-vowelled letter into a vowel one whereby they become one doubled letter
1 Al-Qadr 97-4
عث غ ثئط أ و
2 Al-Humazah104-8
ب ػ١ ؤصضح إ
3 Clear Manifestation When meem Sakinah followed by the rest of Arabic letters ( 26) meem sakinah must
be clear and pronounced regularly (the Arabic term Ithhaar) Technically it means
pronouncing every letter at its point of articulation (makhrag) clearly without
ghunnah [nasal twang] in the apparent letter And to avoid concealing it as in the case
of the concealed baa because of the overlapping of its point of articulation with the
waaw and the proximity of its point of articulation with the faa ( ف )
Examples
1 Al-Buroogg 58-6 6666
ػ١ب لؼص إط
2 Al-Ghashiyah 88-6
ضغ٠غ ١ؾ إل طؼب 856
17
Exercise
Al-feel 105
حاب ال فيل م أل ف فعل ربك بأص تر كي
و١ض أ ف رض١ ٠جؼ
ػ١ أعؿ ط١غا أثبث١
١ ث رغ ١ ؿج ذجبعح
أوي فجؼ وؼصف
Non Vowel noon Noon Sakina Rules
5 Clear manifestation Ithhaar Rules 6 Merging assimilation Idghaam Rules 7 Concealment Ikhfaa Rules 8 changing Iqlaab Rules
حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر
Manifestation (Iz-haar)
ا خفاء Manifestation (Iz-haar) literally means explanation and clarification
Technically it means pronouncing every letter at its point of articulation
clearly without ghunnah [nasal twang] in the apparent letter
a a Guttural Manifestation
18
It is called guttural because its six letters emerge from the guttural (halq)
These letters are
hamzah ( ء ) haa ( ) ayn ( ع )
haa ( ح ) ghayn ( ؽ ) khaa ( ر )
b Absolute Manifestation
The Absolute Manifestation (Iz-haar mutlaq) Literally it means manifestation
and clarification
Technically it means articulating every letter at its point of articulation clearly
without ghunnah [nasal twang] in the apparent letter It is so called because it is
neither limited to the guttural nor to the labial letters Absolute Manifestation
occurs with a non-vowelled noon if it is followed either by a yaa or waaw in a
single word
This occurs in the Holy Quran in four places (al - dunya bunyan sinwan
qanwan) As for Yasin wal Quran Al hakim and Nun wal qalm wa ma yastrun the
rule is absolute manifestation even though it occurs in two words
Merging Assimilation Idghaam
Assimilation (Idghaam) literally means putting one thing into another Technically it
means inserting a non-vowelled letter into a vowelled one to become one doubled
(mushaddad) letter Assimilation is of two kinds
a a With ghunnah with a nasal twang
b b Without ghunnah without a nasal twang
Assimilation must involve two words The letters of the two types of assimilation are
six They are grouped in the phrase (yarmaluna)
19
ع ي
1 Merging with Nosal twang Idgham with Ghunnah
Assimilation with ghunnah [nasal twang] has four letters grouped in the phrase
The letters are the yaa noon meem and waaw If any of these letters (Yanmua) ٠و
occurs after the non-vowelled noon or the noon of nunnation (Tanween) provided that
this occurs in two words then the assimilation with ghunnaa must take place except in
two cases
a a Yaa sin wal Quran ilhakim ( ٠ؾ امغآ اذى١ )
b b b Nun wal qalam wa ma Yasturun ( ام ب ٠ـطغ )
The rule in these two cases is absolute manifestation (Iz-haar mutlaq)This is an
exception to the rule in observation of the reading by Hafs
Al-Humazah104 2 9
بال غ ص اظ ج ػض
صح ض ف ػ ض
Al-Masad11114
تب و تبت يدا أبي لهب
ل سد م ن م في جيدها حب
Al-Qiyamah75 3
أ ب ـ ت ال ـ أ٠ذ غ ػظب ج 4
ػ ثب أث لبصع٠ ـ
22
ئظ ج ٠ بضغح
20
36
ت ـ أ أ٠ذ ب ـ زغن ؿض٠ ال 37
٠ه طف خ أ ٠ 40
ر٠ أ١ؾ طه ثمبصع ػ أ ا ذ١
2 Merging without Nosal twang Idgham without Ghunnah
Assimilation without ghunnah [nasal twang] has two letters These are the raa and
the laam If any of them occurs after a non-vowelled noon or nunnation on condition that
this occurs in two words then assimilation without ghunnah must occur except in the
noon of man raq ( وؽعاق ) which is pronounced with a compulsory pause preventing
assimilation because of the stop singe
Al-Ikhlaas1124
٠ى ا أدض وف Al-Humazah1041 2 9
٠ ؼح ؼح ى
Al-Alaq967
آه استغنىر أن
Almulk6715
شور ر وكلوا من زقه وإليه الن
Az-Zariat5157
زق ر ما أريد منهم م ن
21
حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر
Concealment (Ikhfaa)
( السفبء )
Concealment (Ikhfaa) ( السفبء )
literally means covering
Technically it means pronouncing a letter with a quality between
manifestation and assimilation (idghaam) without doubling (shaddah)
while retaining the ghunnah [nasal twang]
It is also called real (haqiqi) because of the real concealment of the
two noons (that is the non-vowelled noon and the nunnation more
than in others
Concealment (Ikhfaa) has fifteen letters which are formed from the
initial letters of the words of the following line of poetry
صف را ثىا كن جاد شخص قذ سما دم طيثا زد في تقى ضع ظالما
ض ط ظ ش شص
د ر ز ت ث
ف ق ك ج
22
Examples
1 Sura Al-Falaq [1132-5]
ب سك غ ش
لت غ ش غبؿك إطا
ؼمض غ ش افبثبد ف ا
ض غ ش ـ دبؿض إطا د
2 Sura Al-Maun [1075]
ا ص ػ ظ٠ لر ؿب
3 Sura Quraish [106 4]
ع ج اظ أطؼ
4 Sura Al-Fil [1054]
ثذجبعح ١ ؿ رغ ١ ج
5 Sura Al-Qaria [1016]
ب اػ٠ مذ ث فأ
23
6 Sura Al-Qadr [971]
في ل يل ة الق ذر لى اي وس أ إوا
7 Sura Al-Alaq [96]
2 ـ ال سك ػك ب
5 ـ ال ػ ب ٠ؼ ب
و إ أعأ٠ذ 11 ضب ػ ا
ظة و إ أعأ٠ذ 13 ر
15 فؼب ثب ز ٠ ول ئ ـ بص١خ
سبطئخ بطثخ و خ بص١ 16
8 Sura An-Nabaa [78]
18 اجب ز ف ٠ ٠ أف ع فزأر ف اص
وأؿ 34 ببل ص ب
ظ أ إب 40 ػظاثب لغ٠جب عبو
ذ ٠ضا غ ظ ٠ ٠ ب لض غء ا
24
ىبفغ ٠ ٠مي ا رغاثب ذ و ب ١ز
8 Sura An-Naziat [79]
ه 12 ح و اإط لبا ر سبؿغح غ
ه إ 18 ؼور أ فم
بء ثبب ز أ أ 27 ـ ا مب أ أشض س
ب 37 غط فأ
43 وغاب ط ذ أ ف١
زب إ عثه 44 ب
ب 45 ٠ششببع ظ ذ أ ا
25
حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر
Turning (Iqlaab)
Turning (Iqlaab) literally means to turn the face of something
Technically it means replacing a letter with another while
maintaining ghunnah [nasal twang] and concealment (Ikhfaa)
It is so called because it changes the non-vowelled noon or
nunnation (Tanween) into a concealed meem with a ghunnah [nasal
twang]
Turning (Iqlaab) has only one letter which is the Baa ( ة )
Examples
1 Sura Al-Humaza [1044]
ج ١ ول خ ظ ذط ف ا
2 Sura Al-Baiyina [984]
ىزبة إال أرا ا ق اظ٠ ب رفغ ب جبءرؼض ث
3 Sura Al-Munafiqun [63 11]
هللا غسج١ ب ث رؼ
10
تسن هللا حين حمه الر الر
Types of Stops 1 Compulsory 2 Permissible 3 Precautionary
4 Prohibited 5 Moderate Pause
Stop Literally means blocking and suspending
Stop Technically means making a voiceless break at a Quranic word for a brief
moment during which the reader takes a breath with the intention of continuing
reading
1 Compulsory The Compulsory Stop is the stop by which the word and meaning give a complete
sense and this is called complete stop because the utterance is complete and is
separated from what follows It is indicated by (meem)
2 Permissible The Permissible Stop is the one at which stopping or continuing is permissible In this
type you can either continue or make a stop In this case either continuing or making
a stop is preferable
2 a Sufficient
The Sufficient Stop is the one in which continuing or stopping is permissible yet
making a stop is preferable It is called sufficient because it can stand by itself
independently of what follows because it is not connected with it in words Its
symbol is ( ل ) Qili
2 b Equality
The Equality Stop is the one in which continuing and stopping are equally relevant
Its symbol is ( ج ) (geem)
3619
ؼى لبا طبئغوجغر أئ طو
جغف ـ ل أز ث
11
2 c Good
The Good Stop is the one in which continuing and stopping are
permissible and yet continuing is desirable It is called a good stop
because it gives a preferable effect Its sign is ( ص ) (sili)
3618
ثى لبا إب رط١غص رزا غج ئ ى
3 Precautionary The Precautionary Stop (also called the convergence of stops)
It indicates the convergence of two near situations where it is possible to make a stop
In such case a stop is made at one of these two situations only
Al-Baqarah (22)
4 Prohibited
The Prohibited Stop is the stop made at an incomplete utterance which
does not give the required meaning because it is strongly connected with
what follows in terms of words and meaning This kind of stop is
prohibited Its symbol is ( ال ) (Laam - Alif)
12
Al-Marsquoidah (553)
5 Moderate Pause The Moderate pause is the breaking of the voice at a Quranic word for a
brief moment without taking a breath at two counts [nearly two seconds]
Its symbol is (s) ( ؽ ) (seen)
Al-Kahf (18-1)
13
Doubled meem amp Doubled noon
The doubled noon and meem are each doubled noon and each doubled
meem Originally a doubled letter is made of two letters the first is anon-
vowelled and the second is a vowel
Doubled meem( ( م
The doubled meem was originally two meems the first is a non-vowelled and the
second is a vowel The non-vowelled meem was assimilated in the vowel meem
and so the two became one doubled letter (harf mushaddad)
The rule of the doubled meem is pronunciation with compulsory
manifestation ie distinctly holding the ghunnah [nasal twang] for two counts
[nearly two seconds] The doubled meem is called the doubled letter of ghunnah
The non-vowelled meem is the meem void of vowel and it occurs before all the
letters of the alphabet except the three letters of lengthening (huruf al - madd) in
order to prevent the meeting of two non-vowelled letters
110 Al-Qaria
اػ٠ فأ ثمذ ب
اض١خ ف ػ١شخ ع ف
أ اػ٠ سفذ ب
٠خ فأ ب
14
Doubled noon ( ن )
The doubled noon is originally two noons the first is non-vowelled (noon) and
the second is vowelled the non-vowelled (saakinah) was assimilated into the vowelled
noon and both became one doubled letter
The rule of the doubled noon (noon mushaddadah) is pronunciation with
Compulsory manifestation ie distinctly holding the ghunnah [nasal twang] for two
counts [nearly two seconds] The doubled noon is called the doubled letter of ghunnah
(harf ghunnah mushaddad)
1 An-naas 111
د هللا اغ ـ د١ ث اغ
أػط ثغة ا بؽ ل
بؽ ه ا
ا بؽ إ
ش اؽ ا ؿ شغ ا بؽ
ؽ ف صضع ا ؿ بؽ اظ ٠
ج ا ا بؽ خ
2 Al-Alaq [96]
ـ ول إ -4 ١طغال ب
جؼ إ -6 إ عثه اغ
15
The Meem Saakinah Rules ( م )
Oral hiding (baa ب ( Merging (meem م )
Clear ( the rest 26(
The definition of the م meem sakinah It is a meem free from any vowel and
which has a fixed sukoon when continuing reading and when stopping
1 Oral hiding concealment When م meem Sakinah followed by baa ب mem must be hidden with ghunnah
that is Oral hiding ( the arabic term Ikhfaa shafawy) literally means concealment
Technically it means pronouncing a letter between manifestation and assimilation
without doubling (tashdeed) and while retaining the ghunnah [nasal twang]
1 Surat Al-Inshiqaaq ( 84- 24)
غ فج ؼظاة أ١ث ش
2 As-shams 91-14
ض فض ػ١ ث عث اب ظج ـ ف
3- Al-Alaq 96-14
٠ؼ ٠غث أ هللا أ
4- Al-Aadiat 100-11
عث ئظ شج١غ ث إ ٠
5- Al-Feel ( 105-4)
١ ث رغ ١ ؿج ذجبعح
16
2 Merging assimilation When م meem sakinah followed by meem م meem sakinah must be merged with
the next meem with ghunnah that is the merging ( the Arabic term Idghaam)
literally means placing something into another Technically it means assimilating a
non-vowelled letter into a vowel one whereby they become one doubled letter
1 Al-Qadr 97-4
عث غ ثئط أ و
2 Al-Humazah104-8
ب ػ١ ؤصضح إ
3 Clear Manifestation When meem Sakinah followed by the rest of Arabic letters ( 26) meem sakinah must
be clear and pronounced regularly (the Arabic term Ithhaar) Technically it means
pronouncing every letter at its point of articulation (makhrag) clearly without
ghunnah [nasal twang] in the apparent letter And to avoid concealing it as in the case
of the concealed baa because of the overlapping of its point of articulation with the
waaw and the proximity of its point of articulation with the faa ( ف )
Examples
1 Al-Buroogg 58-6 6666
ػ١ب لؼص إط
2 Al-Ghashiyah 88-6
ضغ٠غ ١ؾ إل طؼب 856
17
Exercise
Al-feel 105
حاب ال فيل م أل ف فعل ربك بأص تر كي
و١ض أ ف رض١ ٠جؼ
ػ١ أعؿ ط١غا أثبث١
١ ث رغ ١ ؿج ذجبعح
أوي فجؼ وؼصف
Non Vowel noon Noon Sakina Rules
5 Clear manifestation Ithhaar Rules 6 Merging assimilation Idghaam Rules 7 Concealment Ikhfaa Rules 8 changing Iqlaab Rules
حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر
Manifestation (Iz-haar)
ا خفاء Manifestation (Iz-haar) literally means explanation and clarification
Technically it means pronouncing every letter at its point of articulation
clearly without ghunnah [nasal twang] in the apparent letter
a a Guttural Manifestation
18
It is called guttural because its six letters emerge from the guttural (halq)
These letters are
hamzah ( ء ) haa ( ) ayn ( ع )
haa ( ح ) ghayn ( ؽ ) khaa ( ر )
b Absolute Manifestation
The Absolute Manifestation (Iz-haar mutlaq) Literally it means manifestation
and clarification
Technically it means articulating every letter at its point of articulation clearly
without ghunnah [nasal twang] in the apparent letter It is so called because it is
neither limited to the guttural nor to the labial letters Absolute Manifestation
occurs with a non-vowelled noon if it is followed either by a yaa or waaw in a
single word
This occurs in the Holy Quran in four places (al - dunya bunyan sinwan
qanwan) As for Yasin wal Quran Al hakim and Nun wal qalm wa ma yastrun the
rule is absolute manifestation even though it occurs in two words
Merging Assimilation Idghaam
Assimilation (Idghaam) literally means putting one thing into another Technically it
means inserting a non-vowelled letter into a vowelled one to become one doubled
(mushaddad) letter Assimilation is of two kinds
a a With ghunnah with a nasal twang
b b Without ghunnah without a nasal twang
Assimilation must involve two words The letters of the two types of assimilation are
six They are grouped in the phrase (yarmaluna)
19
ع ي
1 Merging with Nosal twang Idgham with Ghunnah
Assimilation with ghunnah [nasal twang] has four letters grouped in the phrase
The letters are the yaa noon meem and waaw If any of these letters (Yanmua) ٠و
occurs after the non-vowelled noon or the noon of nunnation (Tanween) provided that
this occurs in two words then the assimilation with ghunnaa must take place except in
two cases
a a Yaa sin wal Quran ilhakim ( ٠ؾ امغآ اذى١ )
b b b Nun wal qalam wa ma Yasturun ( ام ب ٠ـطغ )
The rule in these two cases is absolute manifestation (Iz-haar mutlaq)This is an
exception to the rule in observation of the reading by Hafs
Al-Humazah104 2 9
بال غ ص اظ ج ػض
صح ض ف ػ ض
Al-Masad11114
تب و تبت يدا أبي لهب
ل سد م ن م في جيدها حب
Al-Qiyamah75 3
أ ب ـ ت ال ـ أ٠ذ غ ػظب ج 4
ػ ثب أث لبصع٠ ـ
22
ئظ ج ٠ بضغح
20
36
ت ـ أ أ٠ذ ب ـ زغن ؿض٠ ال 37
٠ه طف خ أ ٠ 40
ر٠ أ١ؾ طه ثمبصع ػ أ ا ذ١
2 Merging without Nosal twang Idgham without Ghunnah
Assimilation without ghunnah [nasal twang] has two letters These are the raa and
the laam If any of them occurs after a non-vowelled noon or nunnation on condition that
this occurs in two words then assimilation without ghunnah must occur except in the
noon of man raq ( وؽعاق ) which is pronounced with a compulsory pause preventing
assimilation because of the stop singe
Al-Ikhlaas1124
٠ى ا أدض وف Al-Humazah1041 2 9
٠ ؼح ؼح ى
Al-Alaq967
آه استغنىر أن
Almulk6715
شور ر وكلوا من زقه وإليه الن
Az-Zariat5157
زق ر ما أريد منهم م ن
21
حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر
Concealment (Ikhfaa)
( السفبء )
Concealment (Ikhfaa) ( السفبء )
literally means covering
Technically it means pronouncing a letter with a quality between
manifestation and assimilation (idghaam) without doubling (shaddah)
while retaining the ghunnah [nasal twang]
It is also called real (haqiqi) because of the real concealment of the
two noons (that is the non-vowelled noon and the nunnation more
than in others
Concealment (Ikhfaa) has fifteen letters which are formed from the
initial letters of the words of the following line of poetry
صف را ثىا كن جاد شخص قذ سما دم طيثا زد في تقى ضع ظالما
ض ط ظ ش شص
د ر ز ت ث
ف ق ك ج
22
Examples
1 Sura Al-Falaq [1132-5]
ب سك غ ش
لت غ ش غبؿك إطا
ؼمض غ ش افبثبد ف ا
ض غ ش ـ دبؿض إطا د
2 Sura Al-Maun [1075]
ا ص ػ ظ٠ لر ؿب
3 Sura Quraish [106 4]
ع ج اظ أطؼ
4 Sura Al-Fil [1054]
ثذجبعح ١ ؿ رغ ١ ج
5 Sura Al-Qaria [1016]
ب اػ٠ مذ ث فأ
23
6 Sura Al-Qadr [971]
في ل يل ة الق ذر لى اي وس أ إوا
7 Sura Al-Alaq [96]
2 ـ ال سك ػك ب
5 ـ ال ػ ب ٠ؼ ب
و إ أعأ٠ذ 11 ضب ػ ا
ظة و إ أعأ٠ذ 13 ر
15 فؼب ثب ز ٠ ول ئ ـ بص١خ
سبطئخ بطثخ و خ بص١ 16
8 Sura An-Nabaa [78]
18 اجب ز ف ٠ ٠ أف ع فزأر ف اص
وأؿ 34 ببل ص ب
ظ أ إب 40 ػظاثب لغ٠جب عبو
ذ ٠ضا غ ظ ٠ ٠ ب لض غء ا
24
ىبفغ ٠ ٠مي ا رغاثب ذ و ب ١ز
8 Sura An-Naziat [79]
ه 12 ح و اإط لبا ر سبؿغح غ
ه إ 18 ؼور أ فم
بء ثبب ز أ أ 27 ـ ا مب أ أشض س
ب 37 غط فأ
43 وغاب ط ذ أ ف١
زب إ عثه 44 ب
ب 45 ٠ششببع ظ ذ أ ا
25
حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر
Turning (Iqlaab)
Turning (Iqlaab) literally means to turn the face of something
Technically it means replacing a letter with another while
maintaining ghunnah [nasal twang] and concealment (Ikhfaa)
It is so called because it changes the non-vowelled noon or
nunnation (Tanween) into a concealed meem with a ghunnah [nasal
twang]
Turning (Iqlaab) has only one letter which is the Baa ( ة )
Examples
1 Sura Al-Humaza [1044]
ج ١ ول خ ظ ذط ف ا
2 Sura Al-Baiyina [984]
ىزبة إال أرا ا ق اظ٠ ب رفغ ب جبءرؼض ث
3 Sura Al-Munafiqun [63 11]
هللا غسج١ ب ث رؼ
11
2 c Good
The Good Stop is the one in which continuing and stopping are
permissible and yet continuing is desirable It is called a good stop
because it gives a preferable effect Its sign is ( ص ) (sili)
3618
ثى لبا إب رط١غص رزا غج ئ ى
3 Precautionary The Precautionary Stop (also called the convergence of stops)
It indicates the convergence of two near situations where it is possible to make a stop
In such case a stop is made at one of these two situations only
Al-Baqarah (22)
4 Prohibited
The Prohibited Stop is the stop made at an incomplete utterance which
does not give the required meaning because it is strongly connected with
what follows in terms of words and meaning This kind of stop is
prohibited Its symbol is ( ال ) (Laam - Alif)
12
Al-Marsquoidah (553)
5 Moderate Pause The Moderate pause is the breaking of the voice at a Quranic word for a
brief moment without taking a breath at two counts [nearly two seconds]
Its symbol is (s) ( ؽ ) (seen)
Al-Kahf (18-1)
13
Doubled meem amp Doubled noon
The doubled noon and meem are each doubled noon and each doubled
meem Originally a doubled letter is made of two letters the first is anon-
vowelled and the second is a vowel
Doubled meem( ( م
The doubled meem was originally two meems the first is a non-vowelled and the
second is a vowel The non-vowelled meem was assimilated in the vowel meem
and so the two became one doubled letter (harf mushaddad)
The rule of the doubled meem is pronunciation with compulsory
manifestation ie distinctly holding the ghunnah [nasal twang] for two counts
[nearly two seconds] The doubled meem is called the doubled letter of ghunnah
The non-vowelled meem is the meem void of vowel and it occurs before all the
letters of the alphabet except the three letters of lengthening (huruf al - madd) in
order to prevent the meeting of two non-vowelled letters
110 Al-Qaria
اػ٠ فأ ثمذ ب
اض١خ ف ػ١شخ ع ف
أ اػ٠ سفذ ب
٠خ فأ ب
14
Doubled noon ( ن )
The doubled noon is originally two noons the first is non-vowelled (noon) and
the second is vowelled the non-vowelled (saakinah) was assimilated into the vowelled
noon and both became one doubled letter
The rule of the doubled noon (noon mushaddadah) is pronunciation with
Compulsory manifestation ie distinctly holding the ghunnah [nasal twang] for two
counts [nearly two seconds] The doubled noon is called the doubled letter of ghunnah
(harf ghunnah mushaddad)
1 An-naas 111
د هللا اغ ـ د١ ث اغ
أػط ثغة ا بؽ ل
بؽ ه ا
ا بؽ إ
ش اؽ ا ؿ شغ ا بؽ
ؽ ف صضع ا ؿ بؽ اظ ٠
ج ا ا بؽ خ
2 Al-Alaq [96]
ـ ول إ -4 ١طغال ب
جؼ إ -6 إ عثه اغ
15
The Meem Saakinah Rules ( م )
Oral hiding (baa ب ( Merging (meem م )
Clear ( the rest 26(
The definition of the م meem sakinah It is a meem free from any vowel and
which has a fixed sukoon when continuing reading and when stopping
1 Oral hiding concealment When م meem Sakinah followed by baa ب mem must be hidden with ghunnah
that is Oral hiding ( the arabic term Ikhfaa shafawy) literally means concealment
Technically it means pronouncing a letter between manifestation and assimilation
without doubling (tashdeed) and while retaining the ghunnah [nasal twang]
1 Surat Al-Inshiqaaq ( 84- 24)
غ فج ؼظاة أ١ث ش
2 As-shams 91-14
ض فض ػ١ ث عث اب ظج ـ ف
3- Al-Alaq 96-14
٠ؼ ٠غث أ هللا أ
4- Al-Aadiat 100-11
عث ئظ شج١غ ث إ ٠
5- Al-Feel ( 105-4)
١ ث رغ ١ ؿج ذجبعح
16
2 Merging assimilation When م meem sakinah followed by meem م meem sakinah must be merged with
the next meem with ghunnah that is the merging ( the Arabic term Idghaam)
literally means placing something into another Technically it means assimilating a
non-vowelled letter into a vowel one whereby they become one doubled letter
1 Al-Qadr 97-4
عث غ ثئط أ و
2 Al-Humazah104-8
ب ػ١ ؤصضح إ
3 Clear Manifestation When meem Sakinah followed by the rest of Arabic letters ( 26) meem sakinah must
be clear and pronounced regularly (the Arabic term Ithhaar) Technically it means
pronouncing every letter at its point of articulation (makhrag) clearly without
ghunnah [nasal twang] in the apparent letter And to avoid concealing it as in the case
of the concealed baa because of the overlapping of its point of articulation with the
waaw and the proximity of its point of articulation with the faa ( ف )
Examples
1 Al-Buroogg 58-6 6666
ػ١ب لؼص إط
2 Al-Ghashiyah 88-6
ضغ٠غ ١ؾ إل طؼب 856
17
Exercise
Al-feel 105
حاب ال فيل م أل ف فعل ربك بأص تر كي
و١ض أ ف رض١ ٠جؼ
ػ١ أعؿ ط١غا أثبث١
١ ث رغ ١ ؿج ذجبعح
أوي فجؼ وؼصف
Non Vowel noon Noon Sakina Rules
5 Clear manifestation Ithhaar Rules 6 Merging assimilation Idghaam Rules 7 Concealment Ikhfaa Rules 8 changing Iqlaab Rules
حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر
Manifestation (Iz-haar)
ا خفاء Manifestation (Iz-haar) literally means explanation and clarification
Technically it means pronouncing every letter at its point of articulation
clearly without ghunnah [nasal twang] in the apparent letter
a a Guttural Manifestation
18
It is called guttural because its six letters emerge from the guttural (halq)
These letters are
hamzah ( ء ) haa ( ) ayn ( ع )
haa ( ح ) ghayn ( ؽ ) khaa ( ر )
b Absolute Manifestation
The Absolute Manifestation (Iz-haar mutlaq) Literally it means manifestation
and clarification
Technically it means articulating every letter at its point of articulation clearly
without ghunnah [nasal twang] in the apparent letter It is so called because it is
neither limited to the guttural nor to the labial letters Absolute Manifestation
occurs with a non-vowelled noon if it is followed either by a yaa or waaw in a
single word
This occurs in the Holy Quran in four places (al - dunya bunyan sinwan
qanwan) As for Yasin wal Quran Al hakim and Nun wal qalm wa ma yastrun the
rule is absolute manifestation even though it occurs in two words
Merging Assimilation Idghaam
Assimilation (Idghaam) literally means putting one thing into another Technically it
means inserting a non-vowelled letter into a vowelled one to become one doubled
(mushaddad) letter Assimilation is of two kinds
a a With ghunnah with a nasal twang
b b Without ghunnah without a nasal twang
Assimilation must involve two words The letters of the two types of assimilation are
six They are grouped in the phrase (yarmaluna)
19
ع ي
1 Merging with Nosal twang Idgham with Ghunnah
Assimilation with ghunnah [nasal twang] has four letters grouped in the phrase
The letters are the yaa noon meem and waaw If any of these letters (Yanmua) ٠و
occurs after the non-vowelled noon or the noon of nunnation (Tanween) provided that
this occurs in two words then the assimilation with ghunnaa must take place except in
two cases
a a Yaa sin wal Quran ilhakim ( ٠ؾ امغآ اذى١ )
b b b Nun wal qalam wa ma Yasturun ( ام ب ٠ـطغ )
The rule in these two cases is absolute manifestation (Iz-haar mutlaq)This is an
exception to the rule in observation of the reading by Hafs
Al-Humazah104 2 9
بال غ ص اظ ج ػض
صح ض ف ػ ض
Al-Masad11114
تب و تبت يدا أبي لهب
ل سد م ن م في جيدها حب
Al-Qiyamah75 3
أ ب ـ ت ال ـ أ٠ذ غ ػظب ج 4
ػ ثب أث لبصع٠ ـ
22
ئظ ج ٠ بضغح
20
36
ت ـ أ أ٠ذ ب ـ زغن ؿض٠ ال 37
٠ه طف خ أ ٠ 40
ر٠ أ١ؾ طه ثمبصع ػ أ ا ذ١
2 Merging without Nosal twang Idgham without Ghunnah
Assimilation without ghunnah [nasal twang] has two letters These are the raa and
the laam If any of them occurs after a non-vowelled noon or nunnation on condition that
this occurs in two words then assimilation without ghunnah must occur except in the
noon of man raq ( وؽعاق ) which is pronounced with a compulsory pause preventing
assimilation because of the stop singe
Al-Ikhlaas1124
٠ى ا أدض وف Al-Humazah1041 2 9
٠ ؼح ؼح ى
Al-Alaq967
آه استغنىر أن
Almulk6715
شور ر وكلوا من زقه وإليه الن
Az-Zariat5157
زق ر ما أريد منهم م ن
21
حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر
Concealment (Ikhfaa)
( السفبء )
Concealment (Ikhfaa) ( السفبء )
literally means covering
Technically it means pronouncing a letter with a quality between
manifestation and assimilation (idghaam) without doubling (shaddah)
while retaining the ghunnah [nasal twang]
It is also called real (haqiqi) because of the real concealment of the
two noons (that is the non-vowelled noon and the nunnation more
than in others
Concealment (Ikhfaa) has fifteen letters which are formed from the
initial letters of the words of the following line of poetry
صف را ثىا كن جاد شخص قذ سما دم طيثا زد في تقى ضع ظالما
ض ط ظ ش شص
د ر ز ت ث
ف ق ك ج
22
Examples
1 Sura Al-Falaq [1132-5]
ب سك غ ش
لت غ ش غبؿك إطا
ؼمض غ ش افبثبد ف ا
ض غ ش ـ دبؿض إطا د
2 Sura Al-Maun [1075]
ا ص ػ ظ٠ لر ؿب
3 Sura Quraish [106 4]
ع ج اظ أطؼ
4 Sura Al-Fil [1054]
ثذجبعح ١ ؿ رغ ١ ج
5 Sura Al-Qaria [1016]
ب اػ٠ مذ ث فأ
23
6 Sura Al-Qadr [971]
في ل يل ة الق ذر لى اي وس أ إوا
7 Sura Al-Alaq [96]
2 ـ ال سك ػك ب
5 ـ ال ػ ب ٠ؼ ب
و إ أعأ٠ذ 11 ضب ػ ا
ظة و إ أعأ٠ذ 13 ر
15 فؼب ثب ز ٠ ول ئ ـ بص١خ
سبطئخ بطثخ و خ بص١ 16
8 Sura An-Nabaa [78]
18 اجب ز ف ٠ ٠ أف ع فزأر ف اص
وأؿ 34 ببل ص ب
ظ أ إب 40 ػظاثب لغ٠جب عبو
ذ ٠ضا غ ظ ٠ ٠ ب لض غء ا
24
ىبفغ ٠ ٠مي ا رغاثب ذ و ب ١ز
8 Sura An-Naziat [79]
ه 12 ح و اإط لبا ر سبؿغح غ
ه إ 18 ؼور أ فم
بء ثبب ز أ أ 27 ـ ا مب أ أشض س
ب 37 غط فأ
43 وغاب ط ذ أ ف١
زب إ عثه 44 ب
ب 45 ٠ششببع ظ ذ أ ا
25
حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر
Turning (Iqlaab)
Turning (Iqlaab) literally means to turn the face of something
Technically it means replacing a letter with another while
maintaining ghunnah [nasal twang] and concealment (Ikhfaa)
It is so called because it changes the non-vowelled noon or
nunnation (Tanween) into a concealed meem with a ghunnah [nasal
twang]
Turning (Iqlaab) has only one letter which is the Baa ( ة )
Examples
1 Sura Al-Humaza [1044]
ج ١ ول خ ظ ذط ف ا
2 Sura Al-Baiyina [984]
ىزبة إال أرا ا ق اظ٠ ب رفغ ب جبءرؼض ث
3 Sura Al-Munafiqun [63 11]
هللا غسج١ ب ث رؼ
12
Al-Marsquoidah (553)
5 Moderate Pause The Moderate pause is the breaking of the voice at a Quranic word for a
brief moment without taking a breath at two counts [nearly two seconds]
Its symbol is (s) ( ؽ ) (seen)
Al-Kahf (18-1)
13
Doubled meem amp Doubled noon
The doubled noon and meem are each doubled noon and each doubled
meem Originally a doubled letter is made of two letters the first is anon-
vowelled and the second is a vowel
Doubled meem( ( م
The doubled meem was originally two meems the first is a non-vowelled and the
second is a vowel The non-vowelled meem was assimilated in the vowel meem
and so the two became one doubled letter (harf mushaddad)
The rule of the doubled meem is pronunciation with compulsory
manifestation ie distinctly holding the ghunnah [nasal twang] for two counts
[nearly two seconds] The doubled meem is called the doubled letter of ghunnah
The non-vowelled meem is the meem void of vowel and it occurs before all the
letters of the alphabet except the three letters of lengthening (huruf al - madd) in
order to prevent the meeting of two non-vowelled letters
110 Al-Qaria
اػ٠ فأ ثمذ ب
اض١خ ف ػ١شخ ع ف
أ اػ٠ سفذ ب
٠خ فأ ب
14
Doubled noon ( ن )
The doubled noon is originally two noons the first is non-vowelled (noon) and
the second is vowelled the non-vowelled (saakinah) was assimilated into the vowelled
noon and both became one doubled letter
The rule of the doubled noon (noon mushaddadah) is pronunciation with
Compulsory manifestation ie distinctly holding the ghunnah [nasal twang] for two
counts [nearly two seconds] The doubled noon is called the doubled letter of ghunnah
(harf ghunnah mushaddad)
1 An-naas 111
د هللا اغ ـ د١ ث اغ
أػط ثغة ا بؽ ل
بؽ ه ا
ا بؽ إ
ش اؽ ا ؿ شغ ا بؽ
ؽ ف صضع ا ؿ بؽ اظ ٠
ج ا ا بؽ خ
2 Al-Alaq [96]
ـ ول إ -4 ١طغال ب
جؼ إ -6 إ عثه اغ
15
The Meem Saakinah Rules ( م )
Oral hiding (baa ب ( Merging (meem م )
Clear ( the rest 26(
The definition of the م meem sakinah It is a meem free from any vowel and
which has a fixed sukoon when continuing reading and when stopping
1 Oral hiding concealment When م meem Sakinah followed by baa ب mem must be hidden with ghunnah
that is Oral hiding ( the arabic term Ikhfaa shafawy) literally means concealment
Technically it means pronouncing a letter between manifestation and assimilation
without doubling (tashdeed) and while retaining the ghunnah [nasal twang]
1 Surat Al-Inshiqaaq ( 84- 24)
غ فج ؼظاة أ١ث ش
2 As-shams 91-14
ض فض ػ١ ث عث اب ظج ـ ف
3- Al-Alaq 96-14
٠ؼ ٠غث أ هللا أ
4- Al-Aadiat 100-11
عث ئظ شج١غ ث إ ٠
5- Al-Feel ( 105-4)
١ ث رغ ١ ؿج ذجبعح
16
2 Merging assimilation When م meem sakinah followed by meem م meem sakinah must be merged with
the next meem with ghunnah that is the merging ( the Arabic term Idghaam)
literally means placing something into another Technically it means assimilating a
non-vowelled letter into a vowel one whereby they become one doubled letter
1 Al-Qadr 97-4
عث غ ثئط أ و
2 Al-Humazah104-8
ب ػ١ ؤصضح إ
3 Clear Manifestation When meem Sakinah followed by the rest of Arabic letters ( 26) meem sakinah must
be clear and pronounced regularly (the Arabic term Ithhaar) Technically it means
pronouncing every letter at its point of articulation (makhrag) clearly without
ghunnah [nasal twang] in the apparent letter And to avoid concealing it as in the case
of the concealed baa because of the overlapping of its point of articulation with the
waaw and the proximity of its point of articulation with the faa ( ف )
Examples
1 Al-Buroogg 58-6 6666
ػ١ب لؼص إط
2 Al-Ghashiyah 88-6
ضغ٠غ ١ؾ إل طؼب 856
17
Exercise
Al-feel 105
حاب ال فيل م أل ف فعل ربك بأص تر كي
و١ض أ ف رض١ ٠جؼ
ػ١ أعؿ ط١غا أثبث١
١ ث رغ ١ ؿج ذجبعح
أوي فجؼ وؼصف
Non Vowel noon Noon Sakina Rules
5 Clear manifestation Ithhaar Rules 6 Merging assimilation Idghaam Rules 7 Concealment Ikhfaa Rules 8 changing Iqlaab Rules
حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر
Manifestation (Iz-haar)
ا خفاء Manifestation (Iz-haar) literally means explanation and clarification
Technically it means pronouncing every letter at its point of articulation
clearly without ghunnah [nasal twang] in the apparent letter
a a Guttural Manifestation
18
It is called guttural because its six letters emerge from the guttural (halq)
These letters are
hamzah ( ء ) haa ( ) ayn ( ع )
haa ( ح ) ghayn ( ؽ ) khaa ( ر )
b Absolute Manifestation
The Absolute Manifestation (Iz-haar mutlaq) Literally it means manifestation
and clarification
Technically it means articulating every letter at its point of articulation clearly
without ghunnah [nasal twang] in the apparent letter It is so called because it is
neither limited to the guttural nor to the labial letters Absolute Manifestation
occurs with a non-vowelled noon if it is followed either by a yaa or waaw in a
single word
This occurs in the Holy Quran in four places (al - dunya bunyan sinwan
qanwan) As for Yasin wal Quran Al hakim and Nun wal qalm wa ma yastrun the
rule is absolute manifestation even though it occurs in two words
Merging Assimilation Idghaam
Assimilation (Idghaam) literally means putting one thing into another Technically it
means inserting a non-vowelled letter into a vowelled one to become one doubled
(mushaddad) letter Assimilation is of two kinds
a a With ghunnah with a nasal twang
b b Without ghunnah without a nasal twang
Assimilation must involve two words The letters of the two types of assimilation are
six They are grouped in the phrase (yarmaluna)
19
ع ي
1 Merging with Nosal twang Idgham with Ghunnah
Assimilation with ghunnah [nasal twang] has four letters grouped in the phrase
The letters are the yaa noon meem and waaw If any of these letters (Yanmua) ٠و
occurs after the non-vowelled noon or the noon of nunnation (Tanween) provided that
this occurs in two words then the assimilation with ghunnaa must take place except in
two cases
a a Yaa sin wal Quran ilhakim ( ٠ؾ امغآ اذى١ )
b b b Nun wal qalam wa ma Yasturun ( ام ب ٠ـطغ )
The rule in these two cases is absolute manifestation (Iz-haar mutlaq)This is an
exception to the rule in observation of the reading by Hafs
Al-Humazah104 2 9
بال غ ص اظ ج ػض
صح ض ف ػ ض
Al-Masad11114
تب و تبت يدا أبي لهب
ل سد م ن م في جيدها حب
Al-Qiyamah75 3
أ ب ـ ت ال ـ أ٠ذ غ ػظب ج 4
ػ ثب أث لبصع٠ ـ
22
ئظ ج ٠ بضغح
20
36
ت ـ أ أ٠ذ ب ـ زغن ؿض٠ ال 37
٠ه طف خ أ ٠ 40
ر٠ أ١ؾ طه ثمبصع ػ أ ا ذ١
2 Merging without Nosal twang Idgham without Ghunnah
Assimilation without ghunnah [nasal twang] has two letters These are the raa and
the laam If any of them occurs after a non-vowelled noon or nunnation on condition that
this occurs in two words then assimilation without ghunnah must occur except in the
noon of man raq ( وؽعاق ) which is pronounced with a compulsory pause preventing
assimilation because of the stop singe
Al-Ikhlaas1124
٠ى ا أدض وف Al-Humazah1041 2 9
٠ ؼح ؼح ى
Al-Alaq967
آه استغنىر أن
Almulk6715
شور ر وكلوا من زقه وإليه الن
Az-Zariat5157
زق ر ما أريد منهم م ن
21
حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر
Concealment (Ikhfaa)
( السفبء )
Concealment (Ikhfaa) ( السفبء )
literally means covering
Technically it means pronouncing a letter with a quality between
manifestation and assimilation (idghaam) without doubling (shaddah)
while retaining the ghunnah [nasal twang]
It is also called real (haqiqi) because of the real concealment of the
two noons (that is the non-vowelled noon and the nunnation more
than in others
Concealment (Ikhfaa) has fifteen letters which are formed from the
initial letters of the words of the following line of poetry
صف را ثىا كن جاد شخص قذ سما دم طيثا زد في تقى ضع ظالما
ض ط ظ ش شص
د ر ز ت ث
ف ق ك ج
22
Examples
1 Sura Al-Falaq [1132-5]
ب سك غ ش
لت غ ش غبؿك إطا
ؼمض غ ش افبثبد ف ا
ض غ ش ـ دبؿض إطا د
2 Sura Al-Maun [1075]
ا ص ػ ظ٠ لر ؿب
3 Sura Quraish [106 4]
ع ج اظ أطؼ
4 Sura Al-Fil [1054]
ثذجبعح ١ ؿ رغ ١ ج
5 Sura Al-Qaria [1016]
ب اػ٠ مذ ث فأ
23
6 Sura Al-Qadr [971]
في ل يل ة الق ذر لى اي وس أ إوا
7 Sura Al-Alaq [96]
2 ـ ال سك ػك ب
5 ـ ال ػ ب ٠ؼ ب
و إ أعأ٠ذ 11 ضب ػ ا
ظة و إ أعأ٠ذ 13 ر
15 فؼب ثب ز ٠ ول ئ ـ بص١خ
سبطئخ بطثخ و خ بص١ 16
8 Sura An-Nabaa [78]
18 اجب ز ف ٠ ٠ أف ع فزأر ف اص
وأؿ 34 ببل ص ب
ظ أ إب 40 ػظاثب لغ٠جب عبو
ذ ٠ضا غ ظ ٠ ٠ ب لض غء ا
24
ىبفغ ٠ ٠مي ا رغاثب ذ و ب ١ز
8 Sura An-Naziat [79]
ه 12 ح و اإط لبا ر سبؿغح غ
ه إ 18 ؼور أ فم
بء ثبب ز أ أ 27 ـ ا مب أ أشض س
ب 37 غط فأ
43 وغاب ط ذ أ ف١
زب إ عثه 44 ب
ب 45 ٠ششببع ظ ذ أ ا
25
حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر
Turning (Iqlaab)
Turning (Iqlaab) literally means to turn the face of something
Technically it means replacing a letter with another while
maintaining ghunnah [nasal twang] and concealment (Ikhfaa)
It is so called because it changes the non-vowelled noon or
nunnation (Tanween) into a concealed meem with a ghunnah [nasal
twang]
Turning (Iqlaab) has only one letter which is the Baa ( ة )
Examples
1 Sura Al-Humaza [1044]
ج ١ ول خ ظ ذط ف ا
2 Sura Al-Baiyina [984]
ىزبة إال أرا ا ق اظ٠ ب رفغ ب جبءرؼض ث
3 Sura Al-Munafiqun [63 11]
هللا غسج١ ب ث رؼ
13
Doubled meem amp Doubled noon
The doubled noon and meem are each doubled noon and each doubled
meem Originally a doubled letter is made of two letters the first is anon-
vowelled and the second is a vowel
Doubled meem( ( م
The doubled meem was originally two meems the first is a non-vowelled and the
second is a vowel The non-vowelled meem was assimilated in the vowel meem
and so the two became one doubled letter (harf mushaddad)
The rule of the doubled meem is pronunciation with compulsory
manifestation ie distinctly holding the ghunnah [nasal twang] for two counts
[nearly two seconds] The doubled meem is called the doubled letter of ghunnah
The non-vowelled meem is the meem void of vowel and it occurs before all the
letters of the alphabet except the three letters of lengthening (huruf al - madd) in
order to prevent the meeting of two non-vowelled letters
110 Al-Qaria
اػ٠ فأ ثمذ ب
اض١خ ف ػ١شخ ع ف
أ اػ٠ سفذ ب
٠خ فأ ب
14
Doubled noon ( ن )
The doubled noon is originally two noons the first is non-vowelled (noon) and
the second is vowelled the non-vowelled (saakinah) was assimilated into the vowelled
noon and both became one doubled letter
The rule of the doubled noon (noon mushaddadah) is pronunciation with
Compulsory manifestation ie distinctly holding the ghunnah [nasal twang] for two
counts [nearly two seconds] The doubled noon is called the doubled letter of ghunnah
(harf ghunnah mushaddad)
1 An-naas 111
د هللا اغ ـ د١ ث اغ
أػط ثغة ا بؽ ل
بؽ ه ا
ا بؽ إ
ش اؽ ا ؿ شغ ا بؽ
ؽ ف صضع ا ؿ بؽ اظ ٠
ج ا ا بؽ خ
2 Al-Alaq [96]
ـ ول إ -4 ١طغال ب
جؼ إ -6 إ عثه اغ
15
The Meem Saakinah Rules ( م )
Oral hiding (baa ب ( Merging (meem م )
Clear ( the rest 26(
The definition of the م meem sakinah It is a meem free from any vowel and
which has a fixed sukoon when continuing reading and when stopping
1 Oral hiding concealment When م meem Sakinah followed by baa ب mem must be hidden with ghunnah
that is Oral hiding ( the arabic term Ikhfaa shafawy) literally means concealment
Technically it means pronouncing a letter between manifestation and assimilation
without doubling (tashdeed) and while retaining the ghunnah [nasal twang]
1 Surat Al-Inshiqaaq ( 84- 24)
غ فج ؼظاة أ١ث ش
2 As-shams 91-14
ض فض ػ١ ث عث اب ظج ـ ف
3- Al-Alaq 96-14
٠ؼ ٠غث أ هللا أ
4- Al-Aadiat 100-11
عث ئظ شج١غ ث إ ٠
5- Al-Feel ( 105-4)
١ ث رغ ١ ؿج ذجبعح
16
2 Merging assimilation When م meem sakinah followed by meem م meem sakinah must be merged with
the next meem with ghunnah that is the merging ( the Arabic term Idghaam)
literally means placing something into another Technically it means assimilating a
non-vowelled letter into a vowel one whereby they become one doubled letter
1 Al-Qadr 97-4
عث غ ثئط أ و
2 Al-Humazah104-8
ب ػ١ ؤصضح إ
3 Clear Manifestation When meem Sakinah followed by the rest of Arabic letters ( 26) meem sakinah must
be clear and pronounced regularly (the Arabic term Ithhaar) Technically it means
pronouncing every letter at its point of articulation (makhrag) clearly without
ghunnah [nasal twang] in the apparent letter And to avoid concealing it as in the case
of the concealed baa because of the overlapping of its point of articulation with the
waaw and the proximity of its point of articulation with the faa ( ف )
Examples
1 Al-Buroogg 58-6 6666
ػ١ب لؼص إط
2 Al-Ghashiyah 88-6
ضغ٠غ ١ؾ إل طؼب 856
17
Exercise
Al-feel 105
حاب ال فيل م أل ف فعل ربك بأص تر كي
و١ض أ ف رض١ ٠جؼ
ػ١ أعؿ ط١غا أثبث١
١ ث رغ ١ ؿج ذجبعح
أوي فجؼ وؼصف
Non Vowel noon Noon Sakina Rules
5 Clear manifestation Ithhaar Rules 6 Merging assimilation Idghaam Rules 7 Concealment Ikhfaa Rules 8 changing Iqlaab Rules
حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر
Manifestation (Iz-haar)
ا خفاء Manifestation (Iz-haar) literally means explanation and clarification
Technically it means pronouncing every letter at its point of articulation
clearly without ghunnah [nasal twang] in the apparent letter
a a Guttural Manifestation
18
It is called guttural because its six letters emerge from the guttural (halq)
These letters are
hamzah ( ء ) haa ( ) ayn ( ع )
haa ( ح ) ghayn ( ؽ ) khaa ( ر )
b Absolute Manifestation
The Absolute Manifestation (Iz-haar mutlaq) Literally it means manifestation
and clarification
Technically it means articulating every letter at its point of articulation clearly
without ghunnah [nasal twang] in the apparent letter It is so called because it is
neither limited to the guttural nor to the labial letters Absolute Manifestation
occurs with a non-vowelled noon if it is followed either by a yaa or waaw in a
single word
This occurs in the Holy Quran in four places (al - dunya bunyan sinwan
qanwan) As for Yasin wal Quran Al hakim and Nun wal qalm wa ma yastrun the
rule is absolute manifestation even though it occurs in two words
Merging Assimilation Idghaam
Assimilation (Idghaam) literally means putting one thing into another Technically it
means inserting a non-vowelled letter into a vowelled one to become one doubled
(mushaddad) letter Assimilation is of two kinds
a a With ghunnah with a nasal twang
b b Without ghunnah without a nasal twang
Assimilation must involve two words The letters of the two types of assimilation are
six They are grouped in the phrase (yarmaluna)
19
ع ي
1 Merging with Nosal twang Idgham with Ghunnah
Assimilation with ghunnah [nasal twang] has four letters grouped in the phrase
The letters are the yaa noon meem and waaw If any of these letters (Yanmua) ٠و
occurs after the non-vowelled noon or the noon of nunnation (Tanween) provided that
this occurs in two words then the assimilation with ghunnaa must take place except in
two cases
a a Yaa sin wal Quran ilhakim ( ٠ؾ امغآ اذى١ )
b b b Nun wal qalam wa ma Yasturun ( ام ب ٠ـطغ )
The rule in these two cases is absolute manifestation (Iz-haar mutlaq)This is an
exception to the rule in observation of the reading by Hafs
Al-Humazah104 2 9
بال غ ص اظ ج ػض
صح ض ف ػ ض
Al-Masad11114
تب و تبت يدا أبي لهب
ل سد م ن م في جيدها حب
Al-Qiyamah75 3
أ ب ـ ت ال ـ أ٠ذ غ ػظب ج 4
ػ ثب أث لبصع٠ ـ
22
ئظ ج ٠ بضغح
20
36
ت ـ أ أ٠ذ ب ـ زغن ؿض٠ ال 37
٠ه طف خ أ ٠ 40
ر٠ أ١ؾ طه ثمبصع ػ أ ا ذ١
2 Merging without Nosal twang Idgham without Ghunnah
Assimilation without ghunnah [nasal twang] has two letters These are the raa and
the laam If any of them occurs after a non-vowelled noon or nunnation on condition that
this occurs in two words then assimilation without ghunnah must occur except in the
noon of man raq ( وؽعاق ) which is pronounced with a compulsory pause preventing
assimilation because of the stop singe
Al-Ikhlaas1124
٠ى ا أدض وف Al-Humazah1041 2 9
٠ ؼح ؼح ى
Al-Alaq967
آه استغنىر أن
Almulk6715
شور ر وكلوا من زقه وإليه الن
Az-Zariat5157
زق ر ما أريد منهم م ن
21
حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر
Concealment (Ikhfaa)
( السفبء )
Concealment (Ikhfaa) ( السفبء )
literally means covering
Technically it means pronouncing a letter with a quality between
manifestation and assimilation (idghaam) without doubling (shaddah)
while retaining the ghunnah [nasal twang]
It is also called real (haqiqi) because of the real concealment of the
two noons (that is the non-vowelled noon and the nunnation more
than in others
Concealment (Ikhfaa) has fifteen letters which are formed from the
initial letters of the words of the following line of poetry
صف را ثىا كن جاد شخص قذ سما دم طيثا زد في تقى ضع ظالما
ض ط ظ ش شص
د ر ز ت ث
ف ق ك ج
22
Examples
1 Sura Al-Falaq [1132-5]
ب سك غ ش
لت غ ش غبؿك إطا
ؼمض غ ش افبثبد ف ا
ض غ ش ـ دبؿض إطا د
2 Sura Al-Maun [1075]
ا ص ػ ظ٠ لر ؿب
3 Sura Quraish [106 4]
ع ج اظ أطؼ
4 Sura Al-Fil [1054]
ثذجبعح ١ ؿ رغ ١ ج
5 Sura Al-Qaria [1016]
ب اػ٠ مذ ث فأ
23
6 Sura Al-Qadr [971]
في ل يل ة الق ذر لى اي وس أ إوا
7 Sura Al-Alaq [96]
2 ـ ال سك ػك ب
5 ـ ال ػ ب ٠ؼ ب
و إ أعأ٠ذ 11 ضب ػ ا
ظة و إ أعأ٠ذ 13 ر
15 فؼب ثب ز ٠ ول ئ ـ بص١خ
سبطئخ بطثخ و خ بص١ 16
8 Sura An-Nabaa [78]
18 اجب ز ف ٠ ٠ أف ع فزأر ف اص
وأؿ 34 ببل ص ب
ظ أ إب 40 ػظاثب لغ٠جب عبو
ذ ٠ضا غ ظ ٠ ٠ ب لض غء ا
24
ىبفغ ٠ ٠مي ا رغاثب ذ و ب ١ز
8 Sura An-Naziat [79]
ه 12 ح و اإط لبا ر سبؿغح غ
ه إ 18 ؼور أ فم
بء ثبب ز أ أ 27 ـ ا مب أ أشض س
ب 37 غط فأ
43 وغاب ط ذ أ ف١
زب إ عثه 44 ب
ب 45 ٠ششببع ظ ذ أ ا
25
حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر
Turning (Iqlaab)
Turning (Iqlaab) literally means to turn the face of something
Technically it means replacing a letter with another while
maintaining ghunnah [nasal twang] and concealment (Ikhfaa)
It is so called because it changes the non-vowelled noon or
nunnation (Tanween) into a concealed meem with a ghunnah [nasal
twang]
Turning (Iqlaab) has only one letter which is the Baa ( ة )
Examples
1 Sura Al-Humaza [1044]
ج ١ ول خ ظ ذط ف ا
2 Sura Al-Baiyina [984]
ىزبة إال أرا ا ق اظ٠ ب رفغ ب جبءرؼض ث
3 Sura Al-Munafiqun [63 11]
هللا غسج١ ب ث رؼ
14
Doubled noon ( ن )
The doubled noon is originally two noons the first is non-vowelled (noon) and
the second is vowelled the non-vowelled (saakinah) was assimilated into the vowelled
noon and both became one doubled letter
The rule of the doubled noon (noon mushaddadah) is pronunciation with
Compulsory manifestation ie distinctly holding the ghunnah [nasal twang] for two
counts [nearly two seconds] The doubled noon is called the doubled letter of ghunnah
(harf ghunnah mushaddad)
1 An-naas 111
د هللا اغ ـ د١ ث اغ
أػط ثغة ا بؽ ل
بؽ ه ا
ا بؽ إ
ش اؽ ا ؿ شغ ا بؽ
ؽ ف صضع ا ؿ بؽ اظ ٠
ج ا ا بؽ خ
2 Al-Alaq [96]
ـ ول إ -4 ١طغال ب
جؼ إ -6 إ عثه اغ
15
The Meem Saakinah Rules ( م )
Oral hiding (baa ب ( Merging (meem م )
Clear ( the rest 26(
The definition of the م meem sakinah It is a meem free from any vowel and
which has a fixed sukoon when continuing reading and when stopping
1 Oral hiding concealment When م meem Sakinah followed by baa ب mem must be hidden with ghunnah
that is Oral hiding ( the arabic term Ikhfaa shafawy) literally means concealment
Technically it means pronouncing a letter between manifestation and assimilation
without doubling (tashdeed) and while retaining the ghunnah [nasal twang]
1 Surat Al-Inshiqaaq ( 84- 24)
غ فج ؼظاة أ١ث ش
2 As-shams 91-14
ض فض ػ١ ث عث اب ظج ـ ف
3- Al-Alaq 96-14
٠ؼ ٠غث أ هللا أ
4- Al-Aadiat 100-11
عث ئظ شج١غ ث إ ٠
5- Al-Feel ( 105-4)
١ ث رغ ١ ؿج ذجبعح
16
2 Merging assimilation When م meem sakinah followed by meem م meem sakinah must be merged with
the next meem with ghunnah that is the merging ( the Arabic term Idghaam)
literally means placing something into another Technically it means assimilating a
non-vowelled letter into a vowel one whereby they become one doubled letter
1 Al-Qadr 97-4
عث غ ثئط أ و
2 Al-Humazah104-8
ب ػ١ ؤصضح إ
3 Clear Manifestation When meem Sakinah followed by the rest of Arabic letters ( 26) meem sakinah must
be clear and pronounced regularly (the Arabic term Ithhaar) Technically it means
pronouncing every letter at its point of articulation (makhrag) clearly without
ghunnah [nasal twang] in the apparent letter And to avoid concealing it as in the case
of the concealed baa because of the overlapping of its point of articulation with the
waaw and the proximity of its point of articulation with the faa ( ف )
Examples
1 Al-Buroogg 58-6 6666
ػ١ب لؼص إط
2 Al-Ghashiyah 88-6
ضغ٠غ ١ؾ إل طؼب 856
17
Exercise
Al-feel 105
حاب ال فيل م أل ف فعل ربك بأص تر كي
و١ض أ ف رض١ ٠جؼ
ػ١ أعؿ ط١غا أثبث١
١ ث رغ ١ ؿج ذجبعح
أوي فجؼ وؼصف
Non Vowel noon Noon Sakina Rules
5 Clear manifestation Ithhaar Rules 6 Merging assimilation Idghaam Rules 7 Concealment Ikhfaa Rules 8 changing Iqlaab Rules
حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر
Manifestation (Iz-haar)
ا خفاء Manifestation (Iz-haar) literally means explanation and clarification
Technically it means pronouncing every letter at its point of articulation
clearly without ghunnah [nasal twang] in the apparent letter
a a Guttural Manifestation
18
It is called guttural because its six letters emerge from the guttural (halq)
These letters are
hamzah ( ء ) haa ( ) ayn ( ع )
haa ( ح ) ghayn ( ؽ ) khaa ( ر )
b Absolute Manifestation
The Absolute Manifestation (Iz-haar mutlaq) Literally it means manifestation
and clarification
Technically it means articulating every letter at its point of articulation clearly
without ghunnah [nasal twang] in the apparent letter It is so called because it is
neither limited to the guttural nor to the labial letters Absolute Manifestation
occurs with a non-vowelled noon if it is followed either by a yaa or waaw in a
single word
This occurs in the Holy Quran in four places (al - dunya bunyan sinwan
qanwan) As for Yasin wal Quran Al hakim and Nun wal qalm wa ma yastrun the
rule is absolute manifestation even though it occurs in two words
Merging Assimilation Idghaam
Assimilation (Idghaam) literally means putting one thing into another Technically it
means inserting a non-vowelled letter into a vowelled one to become one doubled
(mushaddad) letter Assimilation is of two kinds
a a With ghunnah with a nasal twang
b b Without ghunnah without a nasal twang
Assimilation must involve two words The letters of the two types of assimilation are
six They are grouped in the phrase (yarmaluna)
19
ع ي
1 Merging with Nosal twang Idgham with Ghunnah
Assimilation with ghunnah [nasal twang] has four letters grouped in the phrase
The letters are the yaa noon meem and waaw If any of these letters (Yanmua) ٠و
occurs after the non-vowelled noon or the noon of nunnation (Tanween) provided that
this occurs in two words then the assimilation with ghunnaa must take place except in
two cases
a a Yaa sin wal Quran ilhakim ( ٠ؾ امغآ اذى١ )
b b b Nun wal qalam wa ma Yasturun ( ام ب ٠ـطغ )
The rule in these two cases is absolute manifestation (Iz-haar mutlaq)This is an
exception to the rule in observation of the reading by Hafs
Al-Humazah104 2 9
بال غ ص اظ ج ػض
صح ض ف ػ ض
Al-Masad11114
تب و تبت يدا أبي لهب
ل سد م ن م في جيدها حب
Al-Qiyamah75 3
أ ب ـ ت ال ـ أ٠ذ غ ػظب ج 4
ػ ثب أث لبصع٠ ـ
22
ئظ ج ٠ بضغح
20
36
ت ـ أ أ٠ذ ب ـ زغن ؿض٠ ال 37
٠ه طف خ أ ٠ 40
ر٠ أ١ؾ طه ثمبصع ػ أ ا ذ١
2 Merging without Nosal twang Idgham without Ghunnah
Assimilation without ghunnah [nasal twang] has two letters These are the raa and
the laam If any of them occurs after a non-vowelled noon or nunnation on condition that
this occurs in two words then assimilation without ghunnah must occur except in the
noon of man raq ( وؽعاق ) which is pronounced with a compulsory pause preventing
assimilation because of the stop singe
Al-Ikhlaas1124
٠ى ا أدض وف Al-Humazah1041 2 9
٠ ؼح ؼح ى
Al-Alaq967
آه استغنىر أن
Almulk6715
شور ر وكلوا من زقه وإليه الن
Az-Zariat5157
زق ر ما أريد منهم م ن
21
حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر
Concealment (Ikhfaa)
( السفبء )
Concealment (Ikhfaa) ( السفبء )
literally means covering
Technically it means pronouncing a letter with a quality between
manifestation and assimilation (idghaam) without doubling (shaddah)
while retaining the ghunnah [nasal twang]
It is also called real (haqiqi) because of the real concealment of the
two noons (that is the non-vowelled noon and the nunnation more
than in others
Concealment (Ikhfaa) has fifteen letters which are formed from the
initial letters of the words of the following line of poetry
صف را ثىا كن جاد شخص قذ سما دم طيثا زد في تقى ضع ظالما
ض ط ظ ش شص
د ر ز ت ث
ف ق ك ج
22
Examples
1 Sura Al-Falaq [1132-5]
ب سك غ ش
لت غ ش غبؿك إطا
ؼمض غ ش افبثبد ف ا
ض غ ش ـ دبؿض إطا د
2 Sura Al-Maun [1075]
ا ص ػ ظ٠ لر ؿب
3 Sura Quraish [106 4]
ع ج اظ أطؼ
4 Sura Al-Fil [1054]
ثذجبعح ١ ؿ رغ ١ ج
5 Sura Al-Qaria [1016]
ب اػ٠ مذ ث فأ
23
6 Sura Al-Qadr [971]
في ل يل ة الق ذر لى اي وس أ إوا
7 Sura Al-Alaq [96]
2 ـ ال سك ػك ب
5 ـ ال ػ ب ٠ؼ ب
و إ أعأ٠ذ 11 ضب ػ ا
ظة و إ أعأ٠ذ 13 ر
15 فؼب ثب ز ٠ ول ئ ـ بص١خ
سبطئخ بطثخ و خ بص١ 16
8 Sura An-Nabaa [78]
18 اجب ز ف ٠ ٠ أف ع فزأر ف اص
وأؿ 34 ببل ص ب
ظ أ إب 40 ػظاثب لغ٠جب عبو
ذ ٠ضا غ ظ ٠ ٠ ب لض غء ا
24
ىبفغ ٠ ٠مي ا رغاثب ذ و ب ١ز
8 Sura An-Naziat [79]
ه 12 ح و اإط لبا ر سبؿغح غ
ه إ 18 ؼور أ فم
بء ثبب ز أ أ 27 ـ ا مب أ أشض س
ب 37 غط فأ
43 وغاب ط ذ أ ف١
زب إ عثه 44 ب
ب 45 ٠ششببع ظ ذ أ ا
25
حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر
Turning (Iqlaab)
Turning (Iqlaab) literally means to turn the face of something
Technically it means replacing a letter with another while
maintaining ghunnah [nasal twang] and concealment (Ikhfaa)
It is so called because it changes the non-vowelled noon or
nunnation (Tanween) into a concealed meem with a ghunnah [nasal
twang]
Turning (Iqlaab) has only one letter which is the Baa ( ة )
Examples
1 Sura Al-Humaza [1044]
ج ١ ول خ ظ ذط ف ا
2 Sura Al-Baiyina [984]
ىزبة إال أرا ا ق اظ٠ ب رفغ ب جبءرؼض ث
3 Sura Al-Munafiqun [63 11]
هللا غسج١ ب ث رؼ
15
The Meem Saakinah Rules ( م )
Oral hiding (baa ب ( Merging (meem م )
Clear ( the rest 26(
The definition of the م meem sakinah It is a meem free from any vowel and
which has a fixed sukoon when continuing reading and when stopping
1 Oral hiding concealment When م meem Sakinah followed by baa ب mem must be hidden with ghunnah
that is Oral hiding ( the arabic term Ikhfaa shafawy) literally means concealment
Technically it means pronouncing a letter between manifestation and assimilation
without doubling (tashdeed) and while retaining the ghunnah [nasal twang]
1 Surat Al-Inshiqaaq ( 84- 24)
غ فج ؼظاة أ١ث ش
2 As-shams 91-14
ض فض ػ١ ث عث اب ظج ـ ف
3- Al-Alaq 96-14
٠ؼ ٠غث أ هللا أ
4- Al-Aadiat 100-11
عث ئظ شج١غ ث إ ٠
5- Al-Feel ( 105-4)
١ ث رغ ١ ؿج ذجبعح
16
2 Merging assimilation When م meem sakinah followed by meem م meem sakinah must be merged with
the next meem with ghunnah that is the merging ( the Arabic term Idghaam)
literally means placing something into another Technically it means assimilating a
non-vowelled letter into a vowel one whereby they become one doubled letter
1 Al-Qadr 97-4
عث غ ثئط أ و
2 Al-Humazah104-8
ب ػ١ ؤصضح إ
3 Clear Manifestation When meem Sakinah followed by the rest of Arabic letters ( 26) meem sakinah must
be clear and pronounced regularly (the Arabic term Ithhaar) Technically it means
pronouncing every letter at its point of articulation (makhrag) clearly without
ghunnah [nasal twang] in the apparent letter And to avoid concealing it as in the case
of the concealed baa because of the overlapping of its point of articulation with the
waaw and the proximity of its point of articulation with the faa ( ف )
Examples
1 Al-Buroogg 58-6 6666
ػ١ب لؼص إط
2 Al-Ghashiyah 88-6
ضغ٠غ ١ؾ إل طؼب 856
17
Exercise
Al-feel 105
حاب ال فيل م أل ف فعل ربك بأص تر كي
و١ض أ ف رض١ ٠جؼ
ػ١ أعؿ ط١غا أثبث١
١ ث رغ ١ ؿج ذجبعح
أوي فجؼ وؼصف
Non Vowel noon Noon Sakina Rules
5 Clear manifestation Ithhaar Rules 6 Merging assimilation Idghaam Rules 7 Concealment Ikhfaa Rules 8 changing Iqlaab Rules
حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر
Manifestation (Iz-haar)
ا خفاء Manifestation (Iz-haar) literally means explanation and clarification
Technically it means pronouncing every letter at its point of articulation
clearly without ghunnah [nasal twang] in the apparent letter
a a Guttural Manifestation
18
It is called guttural because its six letters emerge from the guttural (halq)
These letters are
hamzah ( ء ) haa ( ) ayn ( ع )
haa ( ح ) ghayn ( ؽ ) khaa ( ر )
b Absolute Manifestation
The Absolute Manifestation (Iz-haar mutlaq) Literally it means manifestation
and clarification
Technically it means articulating every letter at its point of articulation clearly
without ghunnah [nasal twang] in the apparent letter It is so called because it is
neither limited to the guttural nor to the labial letters Absolute Manifestation
occurs with a non-vowelled noon if it is followed either by a yaa or waaw in a
single word
This occurs in the Holy Quran in four places (al - dunya bunyan sinwan
qanwan) As for Yasin wal Quran Al hakim and Nun wal qalm wa ma yastrun the
rule is absolute manifestation even though it occurs in two words
Merging Assimilation Idghaam
Assimilation (Idghaam) literally means putting one thing into another Technically it
means inserting a non-vowelled letter into a vowelled one to become one doubled
(mushaddad) letter Assimilation is of two kinds
a a With ghunnah with a nasal twang
b b Without ghunnah without a nasal twang
Assimilation must involve two words The letters of the two types of assimilation are
six They are grouped in the phrase (yarmaluna)
19
ع ي
1 Merging with Nosal twang Idgham with Ghunnah
Assimilation with ghunnah [nasal twang] has four letters grouped in the phrase
The letters are the yaa noon meem and waaw If any of these letters (Yanmua) ٠و
occurs after the non-vowelled noon or the noon of nunnation (Tanween) provided that
this occurs in two words then the assimilation with ghunnaa must take place except in
two cases
a a Yaa sin wal Quran ilhakim ( ٠ؾ امغآ اذى١ )
b b b Nun wal qalam wa ma Yasturun ( ام ب ٠ـطغ )
The rule in these two cases is absolute manifestation (Iz-haar mutlaq)This is an
exception to the rule in observation of the reading by Hafs
Al-Humazah104 2 9
بال غ ص اظ ج ػض
صح ض ف ػ ض
Al-Masad11114
تب و تبت يدا أبي لهب
ل سد م ن م في جيدها حب
Al-Qiyamah75 3
أ ب ـ ت ال ـ أ٠ذ غ ػظب ج 4
ػ ثب أث لبصع٠ ـ
22
ئظ ج ٠ بضغح
20
36
ت ـ أ أ٠ذ ب ـ زغن ؿض٠ ال 37
٠ه طف خ أ ٠ 40
ر٠ أ١ؾ طه ثمبصع ػ أ ا ذ١
2 Merging without Nosal twang Idgham without Ghunnah
Assimilation without ghunnah [nasal twang] has two letters These are the raa and
the laam If any of them occurs after a non-vowelled noon or nunnation on condition that
this occurs in two words then assimilation without ghunnah must occur except in the
noon of man raq ( وؽعاق ) which is pronounced with a compulsory pause preventing
assimilation because of the stop singe
Al-Ikhlaas1124
٠ى ا أدض وف Al-Humazah1041 2 9
٠ ؼح ؼح ى
Al-Alaq967
آه استغنىر أن
Almulk6715
شور ر وكلوا من زقه وإليه الن
Az-Zariat5157
زق ر ما أريد منهم م ن
21
حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر
Concealment (Ikhfaa)
( السفبء )
Concealment (Ikhfaa) ( السفبء )
literally means covering
Technically it means pronouncing a letter with a quality between
manifestation and assimilation (idghaam) without doubling (shaddah)
while retaining the ghunnah [nasal twang]
It is also called real (haqiqi) because of the real concealment of the
two noons (that is the non-vowelled noon and the nunnation more
than in others
Concealment (Ikhfaa) has fifteen letters which are formed from the
initial letters of the words of the following line of poetry
صف را ثىا كن جاد شخص قذ سما دم طيثا زد في تقى ضع ظالما
ض ط ظ ش شص
د ر ز ت ث
ف ق ك ج
22
Examples
1 Sura Al-Falaq [1132-5]
ب سك غ ش
لت غ ش غبؿك إطا
ؼمض غ ش افبثبد ف ا
ض غ ش ـ دبؿض إطا د
2 Sura Al-Maun [1075]
ا ص ػ ظ٠ لر ؿب
3 Sura Quraish [106 4]
ع ج اظ أطؼ
4 Sura Al-Fil [1054]
ثذجبعح ١ ؿ رغ ١ ج
5 Sura Al-Qaria [1016]
ب اػ٠ مذ ث فأ
23
6 Sura Al-Qadr [971]
في ل يل ة الق ذر لى اي وس أ إوا
7 Sura Al-Alaq [96]
2 ـ ال سك ػك ب
5 ـ ال ػ ب ٠ؼ ب
و إ أعأ٠ذ 11 ضب ػ ا
ظة و إ أعأ٠ذ 13 ر
15 فؼب ثب ز ٠ ول ئ ـ بص١خ
سبطئخ بطثخ و خ بص١ 16
8 Sura An-Nabaa [78]
18 اجب ز ف ٠ ٠ أف ع فزأر ف اص
وأؿ 34 ببل ص ب
ظ أ إب 40 ػظاثب لغ٠جب عبو
ذ ٠ضا غ ظ ٠ ٠ ب لض غء ا
24
ىبفغ ٠ ٠مي ا رغاثب ذ و ب ١ز
8 Sura An-Naziat [79]
ه 12 ح و اإط لبا ر سبؿغح غ
ه إ 18 ؼور أ فم
بء ثبب ز أ أ 27 ـ ا مب أ أشض س
ب 37 غط فأ
43 وغاب ط ذ أ ف١
زب إ عثه 44 ب
ب 45 ٠ششببع ظ ذ أ ا
25
حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر
Turning (Iqlaab)
Turning (Iqlaab) literally means to turn the face of something
Technically it means replacing a letter with another while
maintaining ghunnah [nasal twang] and concealment (Ikhfaa)
It is so called because it changes the non-vowelled noon or
nunnation (Tanween) into a concealed meem with a ghunnah [nasal
twang]
Turning (Iqlaab) has only one letter which is the Baa ( ة )
Examples
1 Sura Al-Humaza [1044]
ج ١ ول خ ظ ذط ف ا
2 Sura Al-Baiyina [984]
ىزبة إال أرا ا ق اظ٠ ب رفغ ب جبءرؼض ث
3 Sura Al-Munafiqun [63 11]
هللا غسج١ ب ث رؼ
16
2 Merging assimilation When م meem sakinah followed by meem م meem sakinah must be merged with
the next meem with ghunnah that is the merging ( the Arabic term Idghaam)
literally means placing something into another Technically it means assimilating a
non-vowelled letter into a vowel one whereby they become one doubled letter
1 Al-Qadr 97-4
عث غ ثئط أ و
2 Al-Humazah104-8
ب ػ١ ؤصضح إ
3 Clear Manifestation When meem Sakinah followed by the rest of Arabic letters ( 26) meem sakinah must
be clear and pronounced regularly (the Arabic term Ithhaar) Technically it means
pronouncing every letter at its point of articulation (makhrag) clearly without
ghunnah [nasal twang] in the apparent letter And to avoid concealing it as in the case
of the concealed baa because of the overlapping of its point of articulation with the
waaw and the proximity of its point of articulation with the faa ( ف )
Examples
1 Al-Buroogg 58-6 6666
ػ١ب لؼص إط
2 Al-Ghashiyah 88-6
ضغ٠غ ١ؾ إل طؼب 856
17
Exercise
Al-feel 105
حاب ال فيل م أل ف فعل ربك بأص تر كي
و١ض أ ف رض١ ٠جؼ
ػ١ أعؿ ط١غا أثبث١
١ ث رغ ١ ؿج ذجبعح
أوي فجؼ وؼصف
Non Vowel noon Noon Sakina Rules
5 Clear manifestation Ithhaar Rules 6 Merging assimilation Idghaam Rules 7 Concealment Ikhfaa Rules 8 changing Iqlaab Rules
حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر
Manifestation (Iz-haar)
ا خفاء Manifestation (Iz-haar) literally means explanation and clarification
Technically it means pronouncing every letter at its point of articulation
clearly without ghunnah [nasal twang] in the apparent letter
a a Guttural Manifestation
18
It is called guttural because its six letters emerge from the guttural (halq)
These letters are
hamzah ( ء ) haa ( ) ayn ( ع )
haa ( ح ) ghayn ( ؽ ) khaa ( ر )
b Absolute Manifestation
The Absolute Manifestation (Iz-haar mutlaq) Literally it means manifestation
and clarification
Technically it means articulating every letter at its point of articulation clearly
without ghunnah [nasal twang] in the apparent letter It is so called because it is
neither limited to the guttural nor to the labial letters Absolute Manifestation
occurs with a non-vowelled noon if it is followed either by a yaa or waaw in a
single word
This occurs in the Holy Quran in four places (al - dunya bunyan sinwan
qanwan) As for Yasin wal Quran Al hakim and Nun wal qalm wa ma yastrun the
rule is absolute manifestation even though it occurs in two words
Merging Assimilation Idghaam
Assimilation (Idghaam) literally means putting one thing into another Technically it
means inserting a non-vowelled letter into a vowelled one to become one doubled
(mushaddad) letter Assimilation is of two kinds
a a With ghunnah with a nasal twang
b b Without ghunnah without a nasal twang
Assimilation must involve two words The letters of the two types of assimilation are
six They are grouped in the phrase (yarmaluna)
19
ع ي
1 Merging with Nosal twang Idgham with Ghunnah
Assimilation with ghunnah [nasal twang] has four letters grouped in the phrase
The letters are the yaa noon meem and waaw If any of these letters (Yanmua) ٠و
occurs after the non-vowelled noon or the noon of nunnation (Tanween) provided that
this occurs in two words then the assimilation with ghunnaa must take place except in
two cases
a a Yaa sin wal Quran ilhakim ( ٠ؾ امغآ اذى١ )
b b b Nun wal qalam wa ma Yasturun ( ام ب ٠ـطغ )
The rule in these two cases is absolute manifestation (Iz-haar mutlaq)This is an
exception to the rule in observation of the reading by Hafs
Al-Humazah104 2 9
بال غ ص اظ ج ػض
صح ض ف ػ ض
Al-Masad11114
تب و تبت يدا أبي لهب
ل سد م ن م في جيدها حب
Al-Qiyamah75 3
أ ب ـ ت ال ـ أ٠ذ غ ػظب ج 4
ػ ثب أث لبصع٠ ـ
22
ئظ ج ٠ بضغح
20
36
ت ـ أ أ٠ذ ب ـ زغن ؿض٠ ال 37
٠ه طف خ أ ٠ 40
ر٠ أ١ؾ طه ثمبصع ػ أ ا ذ١
2 Merging without Nosal twang Idgham without Ghunnah
Assimilation without ghunnah [nasal twang] has two letters These are the raa and
the laam If any of them occurs after a non-vowelled noon or nunnation on condition that
this occurs in two words then assimilation without ghunnah must occur except in the
noon of man raq ( وؽعاق ) which is pronounced with a compulsory pause preventing
assimilation because of the stop singe
Al-Ikhlaas1124
٠ى ا أدض وف Al-Humazah1041 2 9
٠ ؼح ؼح ى
Al-Alaq967
آه استغنىر أن
Almulk6715
شور ر وكلوا من زقه وإليه الن
Az-Zariat5157
زق ر ما أريد منهم م ن
21
حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر
Concealment (Ikhfaa)
( السفبء )
Concealment (Ikhfaa) ( السفبء )
literally means covering
Technically it means pronouncing a letter with a quality between
manifestation and assimilation (idghaam) without doubling (shaddah)
while retaining the ghunnah [nasal twang]
It is also called real (haqiqi) because of the real concealment of the
two noons (that is the non-vowelled noon and the nunnation more
than in others
Concealment (Ikhfaa) has fifteen letters which are formed from the
initial letters of the words of the following line of poetry
صف را ثىا كن جاد شخص قذ سما دم طيثا زد في تقى ضع ظالما
ض ط ظ ش شص
د ر ز ت ث
ف ق ك ج
22
Examples
1 Sura Al-Falaq [1132-5]
ب سك غ ش
لت غ ش غبؿك إطا
ؼمض غ ش افبثبد ف ا
ض غ ش ـ دبؿض إطا د
2 Sura Al-Maun [1075]
ا ص ػ ظ٠ لر ؿب
3 Sura Quraish [106 4]
ع ج اظ أطؼ
4 Sura Al-Fil [1054]
ثذجبعح ١ ؿ رغ ١ ج
5 Sura Al-Qaria [1016]
ب اػ٠ مذ ث فأ
23
6 Sura Al-Qadr [971]
في ل يل ة الق ذر لى اي وس أ إوا
7 Sura Al-Alaq [96]
2 ـ ال سك ػك ب
5 ـ ال ػ ب ٠ؼ ب
و إ أعأ٠ذ 11 ضب ػ ا
ظة و إ أعأ٠ذ 13 ر
15 فؼب ثب ز ٠ ول ئ ـ بص١خ
سبطئخ بطثخ و خ بص١ 16
8 Sura An-Nabaa [78]
18 اجب ز ف ٠ ٠ أف ع فزأر ف اص
وأؿ 34 ببل ص ب
ظ أ إب 40 ػظاثب لغ٠جب عبو
ذ ٠ضا غ ظ ٠ ٠ ب لض غء ا
24
ىبفغ ٠ ٠مي ا رغاثب ذ و ب ١ز
8 Sura An-Naziat [79]
ه 12 ح و اإط لبا ر سبؿغح غ
ه إ 18 ؼور أ فم
بء ثبب ز أ أ 27 ـ ا مب أ أشض س
ب 37 غط فأ
43 وغاب ط ذ أ ف١
زب إ عثه 44 ب
ب 45 ٠ششببع ظ ذ أ ا
25
حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر
Turning (Iqlaab)
Turning (Iqlaab) literally means to turn the face of something
Technically it means replacing a letter with another while
maintaining ghunnah [nasal twang] and concealment (Ikhfaa)
It is so called because it changes the non-vowelled noon or
nunnation (Tanween) into a concealed meem with a ghunnah [nasal
twang]
Turning (Iqlaab) has only one letter which is the Baa ( ة )
Examples
1 Sura Al-Humaza [1044]
ج ١ ول خ ظ ذط ف ا
2 Sura Al-Baiyina [984]
ىزبة إال أرا ا ق اظ٠ ب رفغ ب جبءرؼض ث
3 Sura Al-Munafiqun [63 11]
هللا غسج١ ب ث رؼ
17
Exercise
Al-feel 105
حاب ال فيل م أل ف فعل ربك بأص تر كي
و١ض أ ف رض١ ٠جؼ
ػ١ أعؿ ط١غا أثبث١
١ ث رغ ١ ؿج ذجبعح
أوي فجؼ وؼصف
Non Vowel noon Noon Sakina Rules
5 Clear manifestation Ithhaar Rules 6 Merging assimilation Idghaam Rules 7 Concealment Ikhfaa Rules 8 changing Iqlaab Rules
حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر
Manifestation (Iz-haar)
ا خفاء Manifestation (Iz-haar) literally means explanation and clarification
Technically it means pronouncing every letter at its point of articulation
clearly without ghunnah [nasal twang] in the apparent letter
a a Guttural Manifestation
18
It is called guttural because its six letters emerge from the guttural (halq)
These letters are
hamzah ( ء ) haa ( ) ayn ( ع )
haa ( ح ) ghayn ( ؽ ) khaa ( ر )
b Absolute Manifestation
The Absolute Manifestation (Iz-haar mutlaq) Literally it means manifestation
and clarification
Technically it means articulating every letter at its point of articulation clearly
without ghunnah [nasal twang] in the apparent letter It is so called because it is
neither limited to the guttural nor to the labial letters Absolute Manifestation
occurs with a non-vowelled noon if it is followed either by a yaa or waaw in a
single word
This occurs in the Holy Quran in four places (al - dunya bunyan sinwan
qanwan) As for Yasin wal Quran Al hakim and Nun wal qalm wa ma yastrun the
rule is absolute manifestation even though it occurs in two words
Merging Assimilation Idghaam
Assimilation (Idghaam) literally means putting one thing into another Technically it
means inserting a non-vowelled letter into a vowelled one to become one doubled
(mushaddad) letter Assimilation is of two kinds
a a With ghunnah with a nasal twang
b b Without ghunnah without a nasal twang
Assimilation must involve two words The letters of the two types of assimilation are
six They are grouped in the phrase (yarmaluna)
19
ع ي
1 Merging with Nosal twang Idgham with Ghunnah
Assimilation with ghunnah [nasal twang] has four letters grouped in the phrase
The letters are the yaa noon meem and waaw If any of these letters (Yanmua) ٠و
occurs after the non-vowelled noon or the noon of nunnation (Tanween) provided that
this occurs in two words then the assimilation with ghunnaa must take place except in
two cases
a a Yaa sin wal Quran ilhakim ( ٠ؾ امغآ اذى١ )
b b b Nun wal qalam wa ma Yasturun ( ام ب ٠ـطغ )
The rule in these two cases is absolute manifestation (Iz-haar mutlaq)This is an
exception to the rule in observation of the reading by Hafs
Al-Humazah104 2 9
بال غ ص اظ ج ػض
صح ض ف ػ ض
Al-Masad11114
تب و تبت يدا أبي لهب
ل سد م ن م في جيدها حب
Al-Qiyamah75 3
أ ب ـ ت ال ـ أ٠ذ غ ػظب ج 4
ػ ثب أث لبصع٠ ـ
22
ئظ ج ٠ بضغح
20
36
ت ـ أ أ٠ذ ب ـ زغن ؿض٠ ال 37
٠ه طف خ أ ٠ 40
ر٠ أ١ؾ طه ثمبصع ػ أ ا ذ١
2 Merging without Nosal twang Idgham without Ghunnah
Assimilation without ghunnah [nasal twang] has two letters These are the raa and
the laam If any of them occurs after a non-vowelled noon or nunnation on condition that
this occurs in two words then assimilation without ghunnah must occur except in the
noon of man raq ( وؽعاق ) which is pronounced with a compulsory pause preventing
assimilation because of the stop singe
Al-Ikhlaas1124
٠ى ا أدض وف Al-Humazah1041 2 9
٠ ؼح ؼح ى
Al-Alaq967
آه استغنىر أن
Almulk6715
شور ر وكلوا من زقه وإليه الن
Az-Zariat5157
زق ر ما أريد منهم م ن
21
حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر
Concealment (Ikhfaa)
( السفبء )
Concealment (Ikhfaa) ( السفبء )
literally means covering
Technically it means pronouncing a letter with a quality between
manifestation and assimilation (idghaam) without doubling (shaddah)
while retaining the ghunnah [nasal twang]
It is also called real (haqiqi) because of the real concealment of the
two noons (that is the non-vowelled noon and the nunnation more
than in others
Concealment (Ikhfaa) has fifteen letters which are formed from the
initial letters of the words of the following line of poetry
صف را ثىا كن جاد شخص قذ سما دم طيثا زد في تقى ضع ظالما
ض ط ظ ش شص
د ر ز ت ث
ف ق ك ج
22
Examples
1 Sura Al-Falaq [1132-5]
ب سك غ ش
لت غ ش غبؿك إطا
ؼمض غ ش افبثبد ف ا
ض غ ش ـ دبؿض إطا د
2 Sura Al-Maun [1075]
ا ص ػ ظ٠ لر ؿب
3 Sura Quraish [106 4]
ع ج اظ أطؼ
4 Sura Al-Fil [1054]
ثذجبعح ١ ؿ رغ ١ ج
5 Sura Al-Qaria [1016]
ب اػ٠ مذ ث فأ
23
6 Sura Al-Qadr [971]
في ل يل ة الق ذر لى اي وس أ إوا
7 Sura Al-Alaq [96]
2 ـ ال سك ػك ب
5 ـ ال ػ ب ٠ؼ ب
و إ أعأ٠ذ 11 ضب ػ ا
ظة و إ أعأ٠ذ 13 ر
15 فؼب ثب ز ٠ ول ئ ـ بص١خ
سبطئخ بطثخ و خ بص١ 16
8 Sura An-Nabaa [78]
18 اجب ز ف ٠ ٠ أف ع فزأر ف اص
وأؿ 34 ببل ص ب
ظ أ إب 40 ػظاثب لغ٠جب عبو
ذ ٠ضا غ ظ ٠ ٠ ب لض غء ا
24
ىبفغ ٠ ٠مي ا رغاثب ذ و ب ١ز
8 Sura An-Naziat [79]
ه 12 ح و اإط لبا ر سبؿغح غ
ه إ 18 ؼور أ فم
بء ثبب ز أ أ 27 ـ ا مب أ أشض س
ب 37 غط فأ
43 وغاب ط ذ أ ف١
زب إ عثه 44 ب
ب 45 ٠ششببع ظ ذ أ ا
25
حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر
Turning (Iqlaab)
Turning (Iqlaab) literally means to turn the face of something
Technically it means replacing a letter with another while
maintaining ghunnah [nasal twang] and concealment (Ikhfaa)
It is so called because it changes the non-vowelled noon or
nunnation (Tanween) into a concealed meem with a ghunnah [nasal
twang]
Turning (Iqlaab) has only one letter which is the Baa ( ة )
Examples
1 Sura Al-Humaza [1044]
ج ١ ول خ ظ ذط ف ا
2 Sura Al-Baiyina [984]
ىزبة إال أرا ا ق اظ٠ ب رفغ ب جبءرؼض ث
3 Sura Al-Munafiqun [63 11]
هللا غسج١ ب ث رؼ
18
It is called guttural because its six letters emerge from the guttural (halq)
These letters are
hamzah ( ء ) haa ( ) ayn ( ع )
haa ( ح ) ghayn ( ؽ ) khaa ( ر )
b Absolute Manifestation
The Absolute Manifestation (Iz-haar mutlaq) Literally it means manifestation
and clarification
Technically it means articulating every letter at its point of articulation clearly
without ghunnah [nasal twang] in the apparent letter It is so called because it is
neither limited to the guttural nor to the labial letters Absolute Manifestation
occurs with a non-vowelled noon if it is followed either by a yaa or waaw in a
single word
This occurs in the Holy Quran in four places (al - dunya bunyan sinwan
qanwan) As for Yasin wal Quran Al hakim and Nun wal qalm wa ma yastrun the
rule is absolute manifestation even though it occurs in two words
Merging Assimilation Idghaam
Assimilation (Idghaam) literally means putting one thing into another Technically it
means inserting a non-vowelled letter into a vowelled one to become one doubled
(mushaddad) letter Assimilation is of two kinds
a a With ghunnah with a nasal twang
b b Without ghunnah without a nasal twang
Assimilation must involve two words The letters of the two types of assimilation are
six They are grouped in the phrase (yarmaluna)
19
ع ي
1 Merging with Nosal twang Idgham with Ghunnah
Assimilation with ghunnah [nasal twang] has four letters grouped in the phrase
The letters are the yaa noon meem and waaw If any of these letters (Yanmua) ٠و
occurs after the non-vowelled noon or the noon of nunnation (Tanween) provided that
this occurs in two words then the assimilation with ghunnaa must take place except in
two cases
a a Yaa sin wal Quran ilhakim ( ٠ؾ امغآ اذى١ )
b b b Nun wal qalam wa ma Yasturun ( ام ب ٠ـطغ )
The rule in these two cases is absolute manifestation (Iz-haar mutlaq)This is an
exception to the rule in observation of the reading by Hafs
Al-Humazah104 2 9
بال غ ص اظ ج ػض
صح ض ف ػ ض
Al-Masad11114
تب و تبت يدا أبي لهب
ل سد م ن م في جيدها حب
Al-Qiyamah75 3
أ ب ـ ت ال ـ أ٠ذ غ ػظب ج 4
ػ ثب أث لبصع٠ ـ
22
ئظ ج ٠ بضغح
20
36
ت ـ أ أ٠ذ ب ـ زغن ؿض٠ ال 37
٠ه طف خ أ ٠ 40
ر٠ أ١ؾ طه ثمبصع ػ أ ا ذ١
2 Merging without Nosal twang Idgham without Ghunnah
Assimilation without ghunnah [nasal twang] has two letters These are the raa and
the laam If any of them occurs after a non-vowelled noon or nunnation on condition that
this occurs in two words then assimilation without ghunnah must occur except in the
noon of man raq ( وؽعاق ) which is pronounced with a compulsory pause preventing
assimilation because of the stop singe
Al-Ikhlaas1124
٠ى ا أدض وف Al-Humazah1041 2 9
٠ ؼح ؼح ى
Al-Alaq967
آه استغنىر أن
Almulk6715
شور ر وكلوا من زقه وإليه الن
Az-Zariat5157
زق ر ما أريد منهم م ن
21
حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر
Concealment (Ikhfaa)
( السفبء )
Concealment (Ikhfaa) ( السفبء )
literally means covering
Technically it means pronouncing a letter with a quality between
manifestation and assimilation (idghaam) without doubling (shaddah)
while retaining the ghunnah [nasal twang]
It is also called real (haqiqi) because of the real concealment of the
two noons (that is the non-vowelled noon and the nunnation more
than in others
Concealment (Ikhfaa) has fifteen letters which are formed from the
initial letters of the words of the following line of poetry
صف را ثىا كن جاد شخص قذ سما دم طيثا زد في تقى ضع ظالما
ض ط ظ ش شص
د ر ز ت ث
ف ق ك ج
22
Examples
1 Sura Al-Falaq [1132-5]
ب سك غ ش
لت غ ش غبؿك إطا
ؼمض غ ش افبثبد ف ا
ض غ ش ـ دبؿض إطا د
2 Sura Al-Maun [1075]
ا ص ػ ظ٠ لر ؿب
3 Sura Quraish [106 4]
ع ج اظ أطؼ
4 Sura Al-Fil [1054]
ثذجبعح ١ ؿ رغ ١ ج
5 Sura Al-Qaria [1016]
ب اػ٠ مذ ث فأ
23
6 Sura Al-Qadr [971]
في ل يل ة الق ذر لى اي وس أ إوا
7 Sura Al-Alaq [96]
2 ـ ال سك ػك ب
5 ـ ال ػ ب ٠ؼ ب
و إ أعأ٠ذ 11 ضب ػ ا
ظة و إ أعأ٠ذ 13 ر
15 فؼب ثب ز ٠ ول ئ ـ بص١خ
سبطئخ بطثخ و خ بص١ 16
8 Sura An-Nabaa [78]
18 اجب ز ف ٠ ٠ أف ع فزأر ف اص
وأؿ 34 ببل ص ب
ظ أ إب 40 ػظاثب لغ٠جب عبو
ذ ٠ضا غ ظ ٠ ٠ ب لض غء ا
24
ىبفغ ٠ ٠مي ا رغاثب ذ و ب ١ز
8 Sura An-Naziat [79]
ه 12 ح و اإط لبا ر سبؿغح غ
ه إ 18 ؼور أ فم
بء ثبب ز أ أ 27 ـ ا مب أ أشض س
ب 37 غط فأ
43 وغاب ط ذ أ ف١
زب إ عثه 44 ب
ب 45 ٠ششببع ظ ذ أ ا
25
حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر
Turning (Iqlaab)
Turning (Iqlaab) literally means to turn the face of something
Technically it means replacing a letter with another while
maintaining ghunnah [nasal twang] and concealment (Ikhfaa)
It is so called because it changes the non-vowelled noon or
nunnation (Tanween) into a concealed meem with a ghunnah [nasal
twang]
Turning (Iqlaab) has only one letter which is the Baa ( ة )
Examples
1 Sura Al-Humaza [1044]
ج ١ ول خ ظ ذط ف ا
2 Sura Al-Baiyina [984]
ىزبة إال أرا ا ق اظ٠ ب رفغ ب جبءرؼض ث
3 Sura Al-Munafiqun [63 11]
هللا غسج١ ب ث رؼ
19
ع ي
1 Merging with Nosal twang Idgham with Ghunnah
Assimilation with ghunnah [nasal twang] has four letters grouped in the phrase
The letters are the yaa noon meem and waaw If any of these letters (Yanmua) ٠و
occurs after the non-vowelled noon or the noon of nunnation (Tanween) provided that
this occurs in two words then the assimilation with ghunnaa must take place except in
two cases
a a Yaa sin wal Quran ilhakim ( ٠ؾ امغآ اذى١ )
b b b Nun wal qalam wa ma Yasturun ( ام ب ٠ـطغ )
The rule in these two cases is absolute manifestation (Iz-haar mutlaq)This is an
exception to the rule in observation of the reading by Hafs
Al-Humazah104 2 9
بال غ ص اظ ج ػض
صح ض ف ػ ض
Al-Masad11114
تب و تبت يدا أبي لهب
ل سد م ن م في جيدها حب
Al-Qiyamah75 3
أ ب ـ ت ال ـ أ٠ذ غ ػظب ج 4
ػ ثب أث لبصع٠ ـ
22
ئظ ج ٠ بضغح
20
36
ت ـ أ أ٠ذ ب ـ زغن ؿض٠ ال 37
٠ه طف خ أ ٠ 40
ر٠ أ١ؾ طه ثمبصع ػ أ ا ذ١
2 Merging without Nosal twang Idgham without Ghunnah
Assimilation without ghunnah [nasal twang] has two letters These are the raa and
the laam If any of them occurs after a non-vowelled noon or nunnation on condition that
this occurs in two words then assimilation without ghunnah must occur except in the
noon of man raq ( وؽعاق ) which is pronounced with a compulsory pause preventing
assimilation because of the stop singe
Al-Ikhlaas1124
٠ى ا أدض وف Al-Humazah1041 2 9
٠ ؼح ؼح ى
Al-Alaq967
آه استغنىر أن
Almulk6715
شور ر وكلوا من زقه وإليه الن
Az-Zariat5157
زق ر ما أريد منهم م ن
21
حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر
Concealment (Ikhfaa)
( السفبء )
Concealment (Ikhfaa) ( السفبء )
literally means covering
Technically it means pronouncing a letter with a quality between
manifestation and assimilation (idghaam) without doubling (shaddah)
while retaining the ghunnah [nasal twang]
It is also called real (haqiqi) because of the real concealment of the
two noons (that is the non-vowelled noon and the nunnation more
than in others
Concealment (Ikhfaa) has fifteen letters which are formed from the
initial letters of the words of the following line of poetry
صف را ثىا كن جاد شخص قذ سما دم طيثا زد في تقى ضع ظالما
ض ط ظ ش شص
د ر ز ت ث
ف ق ك ج
22
Examples
1 Sura Al-Falaq [1132-5]
ب سك غ ش
لت غ ش غبؿك إطا
ؼمض غ ش افبثبد ف ا
ض غ ش ـ دبؿض إطا د
2 Sura Al-Maun [1075]
ا ص ػ ظ٠ لر ؿب
3 Sura Quraish [106 4]
ع ج اظ أطؼ
4 Sura Al-Fil [1054]
ثذجبعح ١ ؿ رغ ١ ج
5 Sura Al-Qaria [1016]
ب اػ٠ مذ ث فأ
23
6 Sura Al-Qadr [971]
في ل يل ة الق ذر لى اي وس أ إوا
7 Sura Al-Alaq [96]
2 ـ ال سك ػك ب
5 ـ ال ػ ب ٠ؼ ب
و إ أعأ٠ذ 11 ضب ػ ا
ظة و إ أعأ٠ذ 13 ر
15 فؼب ثب ز ٠ ول ئ ـ بص١خ
سبطئخ بطثخ و خ بص١ 16
8 Sura An-Nabaa [78]
18 اجب ز ف ٠ ٠ أف ع فزأر ف اص
وأؿ 34 ببل ص ب
ظ أ إب 40 ػظاثب لغ٠جب عبو
ذ ٠ضا غ ظ ٠ ٠ ب لض غء ا
24
ىبفغ ٠ ٠مي ا رغاثب ذ و ب ١ز
8 Sura An-Naziat [79]
ه 12 ح و اإط لبا ر سبؿغح غ
ه إ 18 ؼور أ فم
بء ثبب ز أ أ 27 ـ ا مب أ أشض س
ب 37 غط فأ
43 وغاب ط ذ أ ف١
زب إ عثه 44 ب
ب 45 ٠ششببع ظ ذ أ ا
25
حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر
Turning (Iqlaab)
Turning (Iqlaab) literally means to turn the face of something
Technically it means replacing a letter with another while
maintaining ghunnah [nasal twang] and concealment (Ikhfaa)
It is so called because it changes the non-vowelled noon or
nunnation (Tanween) into a concealed meem with a ghunnah [nasal
twang]
Turning (Iqlaab) has only one letter which is the Baa ( ة )
Examples
1 Sura Al-Humaza [1044]
ج ١ ول خ ظ ذط ف ا
2 Sura Al-Baiyina [984]
ىزبة إال أرا ا ق اظ٠ ب رفغ ب جبءرؼض ث
3 Sura Al-Munafiqun [63 11]
هللا غسج١ ب ث رؼ
20
36
ت ـ أ أ٠ذ ب ـ زغن ؿض٠ ال 37
٠ه طف خ أ ٠ 40
ر٠ أ١ؾ طه ثمبصع ػ أ ا ذ١
2 Merging without Nosal twang Idgham without Ghunnah
Assimilation without ghunnah [nasal twang] has two letters These are the raa and
the laam If any of them occurs after a non-vowelled noon or nunnation on condition that
this occurs in two words then assimilation without ghunnah must occur except in the
noon of man raq ( وؽعاق ) which is pronounced with a compulsory pause preventing
assimilation because of the stop singe
Al-Ikhlaas1124
٠ى ا أدض وف Al-Humazah1041 2 9
٠ ؼح ؼح ى
Al-Alaq967
آه استغنىر أن
Almulk6715
شور ر وكلوا من زقه وإليه الن
Az-Zariat5157
زق ر ما أريد منهم م ن
21
حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر
Concealment (Ikhfaa)
( السفبء )
Concealment (Ikhfaa) ( السفبء )
literally means covering
Technically it means pronouncing a letter with a quality between
manifestation and assimilation (idghaam) without doubling (shaddah)
while retaining the ghunnah [nasal twang]
It is also called real (haqiqi) because of the real concealment of the
two noons (that is the non-vowelled noon and the nunnation more
than in others
Concealment (Ikhfaa) has fifteen letters which are formed from the
initial letters of the words of the following line of poetry
صف را ثىا كن جاد شخص قذ سما دم طيثا زد في تقى ضع ظالما
ض ط ظ ش شص
د ر ز ت ث
ف ق ك ج
22
Examples
1 Sura Al-Falaq [1132-5]
ب سك غ ش
لت غ ش غبؿك إطا
ؼمض غ ش افبثبد ف ا
ض غ ش ـ دبؿض إطا د
2 Sura Al-Maun [1075]
ا ص ػ ظ٠ لر ؿب
3 Sura Quraish [106 4]
ع ج اظ أطؼ
4 Sura Al-Fil [1054]
ثذجبعح ١ ؿ رغ ١ ج
5 Sura Al-Qaria [1016]
ب اػ٠ مذ ث فأ
23
6 Sura Al-Qadr [971]
في ل يل ة الق ذر لى اي وس أ إوا
7 Sura Al-Alaq [96]
2 ـ ال سك ػك ب
5 ـ ال ػ ب ٠ؼ ب
و إ أعأ٠ذ 11 ضب ػ ا
ظة و إ أعأ٠ذ 13 ر
15 فؼب ثب ز ٠ ول ئ ـ بص١خ
سبطئخ بطثخ و خ بص١ 16
8 Sura An-Nabaa [78]
18 اجب ز ف ٠ ٠ أف ع فزأر ف اص
وأؿ 34 ببل ص ب
ظ أ إب 40 ػظاثب لغ٠جب عبو
ذ ٠ضا غ ظ ٠ ٠ ب لض غء ا
24
ىبفغ ٠ ٠مي ا رغاثب ذ و ب ١ز
8 Sura An-Naziat [79]
ه 12 ح و اإط لبا ر سبؿغح غ
ه إ 18 ؼور أ فم
بء ثبب ز أ أ 27 ـ ا مب أ أشض س
ب 37 غط فأ
43 وغاب ط ذ أ ف١
زب إ عثه 44 ب
ب 45 ٠ششببع ظ ذ أ ا
25
حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر
Turning (Iqlaab)
Turning (Iqlaab) literally means to turn the face of something
Technically it means replacing a letter with another while
maintaining ghunnah [nasal twang] and concealment (Ikhfaa)
It is so called because it changes the non-vowelled noon or
nunnation (Tanween) into a concealed meem with a ghunnah [nasal
twang]
Turning (Iqlaab) has only one letter which is the Baa ( ة )
Examples
1 Sura Al-Humaza [1044]
ج ١ ول خ ظ ذط ف ا
2 Sura Al-Baiyina [984]
ىزبة إال أرا ا ق اظ٠ ب رفغ ب جبءرؼض ث
3 Sura Al-Munafiqun [63 11]
هللا غسج١ ب ث رؼ
21
حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر
Concealment (Ikhfaa)
( السفبء )
Concealment (Ikhfaa) ( السفبء )
literally means covering
Technically it means pronouncing a letter with a quality between
manifestation and assimilation (idghaam) without doubling (shaddah)
while retaining the ghunnah [nasal twang]
It is also called real (haqiqi) because of the real concealment of the
two noons (that is the non-vowelled noon and the nunnation more
than in others
Concealment (Ikhfaa) has fifteen letters which are formed from the
initial letters of the words of the following line of poetry
صف را ثىا كن جاد شخص قذ سما دم طيثا زد في تقى ضع ظالما
ض ط ظ ش شص
د ر ز ت ث
ف ق ك ج
22
Examples
1 Sura Al-Falaq [1132-5]
ب سك غ ش
لت غ ش غبؿك إطا
ؼمض غ ش افبثبد ف ا
ض غ ش ـ دبؿض إطا د
2 Sura Al-Maun [1075]
ا ص ػ ظ٠ لر ؿب
3 Sura Quraish [106 4]
ع ج اظ أطؼ
4 Sura Al-Fil [1054]
ثذجبعح ١ ؿ رغ ١ ج
5 Sura Al-Qaria [1016]
ب اػ٠ مذ ث فأ
23
6 Sura Al-Qadr [971]
في ل يل ة الق ذر لى اي وس أ إوا
7 Sura Al-Alaq [96]
2 ـ ال سك ػك ب
5 ـ ال ػ ب ٠ؼ ب
و إ أعأ٠ذ 11 ضب ػ ا
ظة و إ أعأ٠ذ 13 ر
15 فؼب ثب ز ٠ ول ئ ـ بص١خ
سبطئخ بطثخ و خ بص١ 16
8 Sura An-Nabaa [78]
18 اجب ز ف ٠ ٠ أف ع فزأر ف اص
وأؿ 34 ببل ص ب
ظ أ إب 40 ػظاثب لغ٠جب عبو
ذ ٠ضا غ ظ ٠ ٠ ب لض غء ا
24
ىبفغ ٠ ٠مي ا رغاثب ذ و ب ١ز
8 Sura An-Naziat [79]
ه 12 ح و اإط لبا ر سبؿغح غ
ه إ 18 ؼور أ فم
بء ثبب ز أ أ 27 ـ ا مب أ أشض س
ب 37 غط فأ
43 وغاب ط ذ أ ف١
زب إ عثه 44 ب
ب 45 ٠ششببع ظ ذ أ ا
25
حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر
Turning (Iqlaab)
Turning (Iqlaab) literally means to turn the face of something
Technically it means replacing a letter with another while
maintaining ghunnah [nasal twang] and concealment (Ikhfaa)
It is so called because it changes the non-vowelled noon or
nunnation (Tanween) into a concealed meem with a ghunnah [nasal
twang]
Turning (Iqlaab) has only one letter which is the Baa ( ة )
Examples
1 Sura Al-Humaza [1044]
ج ١ ول خ ظ ذط ف ا
2 Sura Al-Baiyina [984]
ىزبة إال أرا ا ق اظ٠ ب رفغ ب جبءرؼض ث
3 Sura Al-Munafiqun [63 11]
هللا غسج١ ب ث رؼ
22
Examples
1 Sura Al-Falaq [1132-5]
ب سك غ ش
لت غ ش غبؿك إطا
ؼمض غ ش افبثبد ف ا
ض غ ش ـ دبؿض إطا د
2 Sura Al-Maun [1075]
ا ص ػ ظ٠ لر ؿب
3 Sura Quraish [106 4]
ع ج اظ أطؼ
4 Sura Al-Fil [1054]
ثذجبعح ١ ؿ رغ ١ ج
5 Sura Al-Qaria [1016]
ب اػ٠ مذ ث فأ
23
6 Sura Al-Qadr [971]
في ل يل ة الق ذر لى اي وس أ إوا
7 Sura Al-Alaq [96]
2 ـ ال سك ػك ب
5 ـ ال ػ ب ٠ؼ ب
و إ أعأ٠ذ 11 ضب ػ ا
ظة و إ أعأ٠ذ 13 ر
15 فؼب ثب ز ٠ ول ئ ـ بص١خ
سبطئخ بطثخ و خ بص١ 16
8 Sura An-Nabaa [78]
18 اجب ز ف ٠ ٠ أف ع فزأر ف اص
وأؿ 34 ببل ص ب
ظ أ إب 40 ػظاثب لغ٠جب عبو
ذ ٠ضا غ ظ ٠ ٠ ب لض غء ا
24
ىبفغ ٠ ٠مي ا رغاثب ذ و ب ١ز
8 Sura An-Naziat [79]
ه 12 ح و اإط لبا ر سبؿغح غ
ه إ 18 ؼور أ فم
بء ثبب ز أ أ 27 ـ ا مب أ أشض س
ب 37 غط فأ
43 وغاب ط ذ أ ف١
زب إ عثه 44 ب
ب 45 ٠ششببع ظ ذ أ ا
25
حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر
Turning (Iqlaab)
Turning (Iqlaab) literally means to turn the face of something
Technically it means replacing a letter with another while
maintaining ghunnah [nasal twang] and concealment (Ikhfaa)
It is so called because it changes the non-vowelled noon or
nunnation (Tanween) into a concealed meem with a ghunnah [nasal
twang]
Turning (Iqlaab) has only one letter which is the Baa ( ة )
Examples
1 Sura Al-Humaza [1044]
ج ١ ول خ ظ ذط ف ا
2 Sura Al-Baiyina [984]
ىزبة إال أرا ا ق اظ٠ ب رفغ ب جبءرؼض ث
3 Sura Al-Munafiqun [63 11]
هللا غسج١ ب ث رؼ
23
6 Sura Al-Qadr [971]
في ل يل ة الق ذر لى اي وس أ إوا
7 Sura Al-Alaq [96]
2 ـ ال سك ػك ب
5 ـ ال ػ ب ٠ؼ ب
و إ أعأ٠ذ 11 ضب ػ ا
ظة و إ أعأ٠ذ 13 ر
15 فؼب ثب ز ٠ ول ئ ـ بص١خ
سبطئخ بطثخ و خ بص١ 16
8 Sura An-Nabaa [78]
18 اجب ز ف ٠ ٠ أف ع فزأر ف اص
وأؿ 34 ببل ص ب
ظ أ إب 40 ػظاثب لغ٠جب عبو
ذ ٠ضا غ ظ ٠ ٠ ب لض غء ا
24
ىبفغ ٠ ٠مي ا رغاثب ذ و ب ١ز
8 Sura An-Naziat [79]
ه 12 ح و اإط لبا ر سبؿغح غ
ه إ 18 ؼور أ فم
بء ثبب ز أ أ 27 ـ ا مب أ أشض س
ب 37 غط فأ
43 وغاب ط ذ أ ف١
زب إ عثه 44 ب
ب 45 ٠ششببع ظ ذ أ ا
25
حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر
Turning (Iqlaab)
Turning (Iqlaab) literally means to turn the face of something
Technically it means replacing a letter with another while
maintaining ghunnah [nasal twang] and concealment (Ikhfaa)
It is so called because it changes the non-vowelled noon or
nunnation (Tanween) into a concealed meem with a ghunnah [nasal
twang]
Turning (Iqlaab) has only one letter which is the Baa ( ة )
Examples
1 Sura Al-Humaza [1044]
ج ١ ول خ ظ ذط ف ا
2 Sura Al-Baiyina [984]
ىزبة إال أرا ا ق اظ٠ ب رفغ ب جبءرؼض ث
3 Sura Al-Munafiqun [63 11]
هللا غسج١ ب ث رؼ
24
ىبفغ ٠ ٠مي ا رغاثب ذ و ب ١ز
8 Sura An-Naziat [79]
ه 12 ح و اإط لبا ر سبؿغح غ
ه إ 18 ؼور أ فم
بء ثبب ز أ أ 27 ـ ا مب أ أشض س
ب 37 غط فأ
43 وغاب ط ذ أ ف١
زب إ عثه 44 ب
ب 45 ٠ششببع ظ ذ أ ا
25
حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر
Turning (Iqlaab)
Turning (Iqlaab) literally means to turn the face of something
Technically it means replacing a letter with another while
maintaining ghunnah [nasal twang] and concealment (Ikhfaa)
It is so called because it changes the non-vowelled noon or
nunnation (Tanween) into a concealed meem with a ghunnah [nasal
twang]
Turning (Iqlaab) has only one letter which is the Baa ( ة )
Examples
1 Sura Al-Humaza [1044]
ج ١ ول خ ظ ذط ف ا
2 Sura Al-Baiyina [984]
ىزبة إال أرا ا ق اظ٠ ب رفغ ب جبءرؼض ث
3 Sura Al-Munafiqun [63 11]
هللا غسج١ ب ث رؼ
25
حين حمه الر تسن هللا الر
Turning (Iqlaab)
Turning (Iqlaab) literally means to turn the face of something
Technically it means replacing a letter with another while
maintaining ghunnah [nasal twang] and concealment (Ikhfaa)
It is so called because it changes the non-vowelled noon or
nunnation (Tanween) into a concealed meem with a ghunnah [nasal
twang]
Turning (Iqlaab) has only one letter which is the Baa ( ة )
Examples
1 Sura Al-Humaza [1044]
ج ١ ول خ ظ ذط ف ا
2 Sura Al-Baiyina [984]
ىزبة إال أرا ا ق اظ٠ ب رفغ ب جبءرؼض ث
3 Sura Al-Munafiqun [63 11]
هللا غسج١ ب ث رؼ